B. Tech.

– MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)

KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I Year
Course Structure
Under R23 Regulations
Effective from AY: 2023-24
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

INDUCTION PROGRAME

S. No. Course Name Category L T P Credits

Physical Activities -- Sports, Yoga and

1 MC 0 0 6 0
Meditation, Plantation
2 Career Counselling MC 2 0 2 0
Orientation to all branches -- career options,
3 MC 3 0 0 0
tools, etc.
Orientation on admitted Branch --
4 EC 2 0 3 0
corresponding labs, tools and platforms
5 Proficiency Modules & Productivity Tools ES 2 1 2 0
Assessment on basic aptitude and
6 MC 2 0 3 0
mathematical skills
7 Remedial Training in Foundation Courses MC 2 1 2 0
8 Human Values & Professional Ethics MC 3 0 0 0
Communication Skills -- focus on Listening,
9 BS 2 1 2 0
Speaking, Reading, Writing skills
Concepts of Programming BS
10 2 0 2 0
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABI

B. Tech I Year-I Semester

S. No. Category Title L/D T P Credits
1 23ABS01T Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3
2 23ABS05 Linear Algebra & Calculus 3 0 0 3
3 23ABEE01 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 3
4 23AME01 Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3
5 23ACS01 Introduction to Programming 3 0 0 3
6 23ACS03 IT Workshop 0 0 2 1
7 23ABS01P Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 2 1
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
8 23ABEE02 0 0 3 1.5
Workshop
9 23ACS02 Computer Programming Lab 0 0 3 1.5
NSS/NCC/Scouts & Guides/
10 23AHSS2 - - 1 0.5
Community Service
Total 13 0 15 20.5

B. Tech I Year-II Semester

1 23AHS01T Communicative English 2 0 0 2
2 23ABS04T Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3
3 23ABS06 Differential Equations & Vector Calculus 3 0 0 3
4 23ACME01 Basic Civil & Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
5 23AME03 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3
6 23AHS01P Communicative English Lab 0 0 2 1
7 23ABS04P Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 2 1
8 23AME02 Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 1.5
9 23AME03P Engineering Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
10 23AHSS1 Health and wellness, Yoga and Sports - - 1 0.5
Total 14 0 11 19.5
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

B. Tech I Year-I Semester

S. No. Category Title L/D T P Credits
1 23ABS01T Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3
2 23ABS05 Linear Algebra & Calculus 3 0 0 3
3 23ABEE01 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 3
4 23AME01 Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3
5 23ACS01 Introduction to Programming 3 0 0 3
6 23ACS03 IT Workshop 0 0 2 1
7 23ABS01P Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 2 1
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
8 23ABEE02 0 0 3 1.5
Workshop
9 23ACS02 Computer Programming Lab 0 0 3 1.5
NSS/NCC/Scouts & Guides/
10 23AHSS2 - - 1 0.5
Community Service
Total 13 0 15 20.5
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
ENGINEERING PHYSICS L T P C
23ABS01T (Common to All Branches of Engineering)
3 0 0 3
I B. Tech I Semester (Common to CE, ME & ECE)
Semester
I B. Tech I Semester (Common to EEE, CSE & FT)
Course Objectives:
To bridge the gap between the Physics in school at 10+2 level and UG level engineering courses by identifying the
importance of the optical phenomenon like interference, diffraction etc, enlightening the periodic arrangement of
atoms in crystalline solids and concepts of quantum mechanics, introduce novel concepts of dielectric and
magnetic materials, physics of semiconductors.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Analyze the intensity variation of light due to polarization, interference and diffraction.
CO2: Familiarize with the basics of crystals and their structures.
CO3: Explain fundamentals of quantum mechanics and apply it to one dimensional motion of particles.
CO4: Summarize various types of polarization of dielectrics and classify the magnetic materials.
CO5: Explain the basic concepts of Quantum Mechanics and the band theory of solids.
CO6: Identify the type of semiconductor using Hall effect.
Unit - I Wave Optics
Interference: Introduction - Principle of superposition –Interference of light - Interference in thin films (Reflection
Geometry) & applications - Colours in thin films- Newton’s Rings, Determination of wavelength and refractive
index.
Diffraction: Introduction - Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffractions - Fraunhofer diffraction due to single slit, double
slit & N-slits (Qualitative) – Diffraction Grating - Dispersive power and resolving power of Grating (Qualitative).
Polarization: Introduction -Types of polarization - Polarization by reflection, refraction and Double refraction -
Nicol’s Prism -Half wave and Quarter wave plates.
Unit - II Crystallography and X-ray diffraction
Crystallography: Space lattice, Basis, Unit Cell and lattice parameters – Bravais Lattices – crystal systems (3D) –
coordination number - packing fraction of SC, BCC & FCC - Miller indices – separation between successive (hkl)
planes.
X-ray diffraction: Bragg’s law - X-ray Diffract meter – crystal structure determination by Laue’s and powder
methods
Unit - III Dielectric and Magnetic Materials
Dielectric Materials: Introduction - Dielectric polarization - Dielectric polarizability, Susceptibility, Dielectric
constant and Displacement Vector – Relation between the electric vectors - Types of polarizations- Electronic
(Quantitative), Ionic (Quantitative) and Orientation polarizations (Qualitative) - Lorentz internal field - Clausius-
Rossetti equation - complex dielectric constant – Frequency dependence of polarization – dielectric loss

Magnetic Materials: Introduction - Magnetic dipole moment - Magnetization-Magnetic susceptibility and

permeability – Atomic origin of magnetism - Classification of magnetic materials: Dia, para, Ferro, anti-ferro &
Ferri magnetic materials - Domain concept for Ferromagnetism & Domain walls (Qualitative) - Hysteresis - soft
and hard magnetic materials.
Unit - IV Quantum Mechanics and Free electron Theory
Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter – Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle – Significance and properties of
wave function – Schrodinger’s time independent and dependent wave equations– Particle in a one-dimensional
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

infinite potential well.

Free Electron Theory: Classical free electron theory (Qualitative with discussion of merits and demerits) –
Quantum free electron theory – electrical conductivity based on quantum free electron theory - Fermi-Dirac
distribution - Density of states - Fermi energy
Unit - V Semiconductors
Semiconductors: Formation of energy bands – classification of crystalline solids - Intrinsic semiconductors:
Density of charge carriers – Electrical conductivity – Fermi level – Extrinsic semiconductors: density of charge
carriers – dependence of Fermi energy on carrier concentration and temperature - Drift and diffusion currents –
Einstein’s equation – Hall effect and its applications.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. A Text book of Engineering Physics, M. N. Avadhanulu, [Link]& TVS Arun Murthy, S. Chand
Publications, 11th Edition 2019.
2. Engineering Physics - [Link] and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press (2015)
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Physics - B.K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Cengage Learning 2021.
2. Engineering Physics - Shatendra Sharma, Jyotsna Sharma, Pearson Education, 2018.
3. Engineering Physics” - Sanjay D. Jain, D. Sahasrabudhe and Girish, University Press. 2010
4. Engineering Physics - M.R. Srinivasan, New Age international publishers (2009).
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
LINEAR ALGEBRA & CALCULUS L T P C
23ABS05 (Common to All Branches of Engineering)
3 0 0 3
Semester I B. Tech I Semester (Common to CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE)
Course Objectives:
Course Objectives:
 To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level
mathematics.
 To develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle various real-world problems and
their applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the solutions of the system of linear equations.
CO2: Find the Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a matrix, apply Cayley-Hamilton theorem to determine inverse
and power of a matrix and identify the nature of quadratic form.
CO3: Utilize Mean value theorems of differential calculus to real life problems.
CO4: Familiarize with functions of several variables which are useful in optimization.
CO5: Familiarize with double and triple integrals of functions of several variables in two dimensions using
Cartesian and polar coordinates and in three dimensions using cylindrical and spherical coordinates.
Unit - I MATRICES AND SOLUTION OF SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS
Rank of a matrix by echelon form, normal form. Inverse of a non- singular matrix by Gauss-Jordan method, System
of linear equations: Solving system of Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous equations by Gauss elimination
method.
Iterative Methods: Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel Iteration Methods.
Unit - II EIGENVALUES, EIGENVECTORS AND QUADRATIC FORMS
Eigen values, Eigenvectors of Real matrices and their properties - Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof),
finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton theorem, Diagonalization of a matrix - Quadratic forms
and nature of the quadratic forms, Reduction of Quadratic form to canonicalforms by orthogonal transformation.
Unit - III MEAN VALUE THEOREMS (CALCULUS)
Mean Value Theorems: Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s mean value theorem with their geometrical interpretation -
Cauchy’s mean value theorem, Taylor’s and Maclaurin theorems with remainders (without proof), Problems and
applications on the above theorems.
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION AND APPLICATIONS (MULTI VARIABLE
Unit - IV
CALCULUS)
Functions of several variables: Continuity and Differentiability, Partial derivatives, total derivatives, chain rule,
Jacobians, Functional dependence, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two variables.
Maxima and minima of functionsof two variables, method of Lagrange multipliers.
Unit - V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS (MULTI VARIABLE CALCULUS)
Double integrals, triple integrals, change of order of integration, change of variables to polar, cylindrical and
spherical coordinates. Finding areas by double integrals and volumes by double and triple integrals.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 2017, 44th Edition
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2018, 10 thEdition
Reference Books:
1. 1 Thomas Calculus, George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, PearsonPublishers,
2018, 14th Edition.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, AlphaScience
International Ltd., 2021 5th Edition (9th reprint).
3. Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, Glyn James, Pearson publishers, 2018, 5th
Edition.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Micheael Greenberg, Pearson publishers, 9 thedition
5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, H. K Das, Er. Rajnish Verma, S. Chand
Publications,2014, Third Edition (Reprint 2021.
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering L T P C
23ABEE01 (Common to All Branches of Engineering)
3 0 0 3
I B. Tech I Semester (Common to CE, ME & ECE)
Semester
I B. Tech II Semester (Common to EEE,CSE & FT)
Part A: Basic Electrical Engineering
Course Objectives:
To expose to the field of electrical engineering, laws and principles of electrical engineering and to
acquire fundamental knowledge in the relevant field.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Remember the fundamental laws, operating principles of motors, generators, MC and MI instruments (L1).
CO2: Understand the problem solving concepts associated to AC and DC circuits, construction and operation of
AC and DC machines, measuring instruments; different power generation mechanisms, Electricity billing
concept and important safety measures related to electrical operations (L2).
CO3: Apply mathematical tools and fundamental concepts to derive various equations related to machines,
circuits and measuring instruments; electricity bill calculations and layout representation of electrical power
systems (L3).
CO4: Analyze different electrical circuits, performance of machines and measuring instruments (L4).
CO5: Evaluate different circuit configurations, Machine performance and Power systems operation (L5).
Unit - I DC & AC CIRCUITS
DC Circuits: Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), Ohm’s Law and its limitations, KCL & KVL, series,
parallel, series-parallel circuits, Super Position theorem, Simple Numerical problems.
AC Circuits: A.C. Fundamentals: Equation of AC Voltage and current, waveform, time period, frequency,
amplitude, phase, phase difference, average value, RMS value, form factor, peak factor, Voltage and current
relationship with phasor diagrams in R, L, and C circuits, Concept of Impedance, Analysis of R-L, R-C, R-L-C
Series circuits, Active power, reactive power and apparent power, Concept of power factor (Simple Numerical
problems).
Unit - II MACHINES AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Machines: Construction, principle and operation of (i) DC Motor, (ii) DC Generator, (iii) Single Phase
Transformer, (iv) Three Phase Induction Motor and (v) Alternator, Applications of electrical machines.
Measuring Instruments: Construction and working principle of Permanent Magnet Moving Coil (PMMC),
Moving Iron (MI) Instruments and Wheat Stone bridge.
Unit - III ENERGY RESOURCES, ELECTRICITY BILL & SAFETY MEASURES
Energy Resources: Conventional and non-conventional energy resources; Layout and operation of various Power
Generation systems: Hydel, Nuclear, Solar & Wind power generation.
Electricity Bill: Power rating of household appliances including air conditioners, PCs, Laptops, Printers, etc.
Definition of “unit” used for consumption of electrical energy, two-part electricity tariff, calculation of electricity
bill for domestic consumers.
Equipment Safety Measures: Working principle of Fuse and Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB), merits and
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

demerits. Personal safety measures: Electric Shock, Earthing and its types, Safety Precautions to avoid shock.

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. C. Kulshreshtha, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019, First Edition
2. Power System Engineering, P.V. Gupta, M.L. Soni, U.S. Bhatnagar and A. Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai & Co,
2013
3. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI publishers, 2014, Third Edition
Reference Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Mc Graw Hill, 2019, Fourth Edition
2. Principles of Power Systems, V.K. Mehtha, [Link] Technical Publishers, 2020
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Oxford University Press, 2017
4. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, S. K. Bhatacharya, Person Publications, 2018, Second Edition.
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
PART: B Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives: The students after completing the course are expected to
This course provides the student with the fundamental skills to understand the principles of
digital electronics, basics of semiconductor devices like diodes & transistors, characteristics and
its applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Apply the concept of science and mathematics to understand the working of diodes,
transistors, and their applications.
CO2: Explain the characteristics of diodes and transistors.
CO3: Familiarize with the number systems, codes, Boolean algebra and logic gates.
C04: Understand the working mechanism of different combinational, sequential circuits and their role in the
digital systems.
Unit - I SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
Introduction - Evolution of electronics – Vacuum tubes to nano electronics - Characteristics of PN
Junction Diode — Zener Effect — Zener Diode and its Characteristics. Bipolar Junction Transistor —
CB, CE, CC Configurations and Characteristics — Elementary Treatment of Small Signal CE
Amplifier.
Unit - II BASIC ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND INSTRUMENTTAION
Rectifiers and power supplies: Block diagram description of a dc power supply, working of a full wave
bridge rectifier, capacitor filter (no analysis), working of simple zener voltage regulator. Amplifiers: Block
diagram of Public Address system, Circuit diagram and working of common emitter (RC coupled)
amplifier with its frequency response, Concept of voltage divider basing. Electronic Instrumentation: Block
diagram of an electronic instrumentation system.
Unit - III DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Overview of Number Systems, Logic gates including Universal Gates, BCD codes, Excess-3 code, Gray
code, Hamming code. Boolean Algebra, Basic Theorems and properties of Boolean Algebra, Truth Tables
and Functionality of Logic Gates – NOT, OR, AND, NOR, NAND, XOR and XNOR. Simple combinational
circuits–Half and Full Adder, Introduction to sequential circuits, Flip flops, Registers and counters
(Elementary Treatment only)
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. R. L. Boylestad& Louis Nashlesky, Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory, Pearson
Education, 2021.
2. R. P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2009
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. R. S. Sedha, A Textbook of Electronic Devices and Circuits, S. Chand & Co, 2010.
2. Santiram Kal, Basic Electronics- Devices, Circuits and IT Fundamentals, Prentice Hall,
India, 2002.
3. R. T. Paynter, Introductory Electronic Devices & Circuits – Conventional Flow Version,
Pearson Education,2009.
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS L T P C
23AME01 (Common to All Branches of Engineering)
1 0 4 3
I B. Tech I Semester (Common to CE, ME & ECE)
Semester
I B. Tech II Semester (Common to EEE, CSE & FT)
Course Objectives:
 To enable the students with various concepts like dimensioning, conventions and standards related to
Engineering Drawing
 To impart knowledge on the projection of points, lines and plane surfaces
 To improve the visualization skills for better understanding of projection of solids
 To develop the imaginative skills of the students required to understand Section of solids and
Developments of surfaces.
 To make the students understand the viewing perception of a solid object in Isometric and Perspective
projections.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the principles of engineering drawing, including engineering curves, scales, orthographic
and isometric projections.
CO2: Draw and interpret orthographic projections of points, lines, planes and solids in front, top and side
views.
CO3: Understand and draw projection of solids in various positions in first quadrant.
CO4: Explain principles behind development of surfaces.
CO5: Prepare isometric and perspective sections of simple solids.
Unit - I Introduction, Curves & Scales
Introduction: Lines, Lettering and Dimensioning, Geometrical Constructions and Constructing regular polygons
by general methods.
Curves: construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by general, Cycloids, Involutes, Normal and tangent to
Curves.
Scales: Plain scales, diagonal scales and Vernier scales.
Unit - II Orthographic Projections, Projections of Straight Lines and Planes
Orthographic Projections: Reference plane, importance of reference lines or Plane, Projections of a point
situated in any one of the four quadrants.
Projections of Straight Lines: Projections of straight lines parallel to both reference planes, perpendicular to one
reference plane and parallel to other reference plane, inclined to one reference plane and parallel to the other
reference plane. Projections of Straight Line Inclined to both the reference planes
Projections of Planes: regular planes Perpendicular to both reference planes, parallel to one reference plane and
inclined to the other reference plane; plane inclined to both the reference planes.
Unit - III Projections of Solids
Projections of Solids: Types of solids: Polyhedra and Solids of revolution. Projections of solids in simple
positions: Axis perpendicular to horizontal plane, Axis perpendicular to vertical plane and Axis parallel to both the
reference planes, Projection of Solids with axis inclined to one reference plane and parallel to another plane.
Unit - IV Sections of Solids & Development of Surfaces

Sections of Solids: Perpendicular and inclined section planes, Sectional views and True shape of section, Sections
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

of solids in simple position only.

Development of Surfaces: Methods of Development: Parallel line development and radial line development.
Development of a cube, prism, cylinder, pyramid and cone.
Unit - V Conversion of Views & Computer graphics
Conversion of Views: Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views; Conversion of orthographic views to
isometric views.
Computer graphics: Creating 2D&3D drawings of objects including PCB and Transformations using Auto CAD
(Not for end examination).
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. N. D. Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 2016.
2. Engineering Drawing, K.L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
3. Engineering Drawing, by P.S. Gill, S.K. Kataria and Sons publishers.
4. Engineering Drawing + Auto CAD by K. Venugopal, V. Prabhu Raja., New Age Internationa;l
Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Drawing, [Link] and B.C. Rana, Pearson Education Inc,2009.
2. Engineering Drawing with an Introduction to AutoCAD, Dhananjay Jolhe, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING

L T P C
(Common to All branches of Engineering)
23ACS01
3 0 0 3
Semester I Year [Link]. – I Semester
Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to
• To introduce students to the fundamentals of computer programming.
• To provide hands-on experience with coding and debugging.
• To foster logical thinking and problem-solving skills using programming.
• To familiarize students with programming concepts such as data types, control structures, functions, and
arrays.
• To encourage collaborative learning and teamwork in coding projects.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand basics of computers, the concept of algorithm and algorithmic thinking.
CO2: Analyse a problem and develop an algorithm to solve it.
CO3: Implement various algorithms using the C programming language.
CO4: Understand more advanced features of C language.
CO5: Develop problem-solving skills and the ability to debug and optimize the code
Unit - I : Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving
Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving
History of Computers, Basic organization of a computer: ALU, input-output units, memory, program
counter, Introduction to Programming Languages, Basics of a Computer Program- Algorithms,
flowcharts (Using Dia Tool), pseudo code. Introduction to Compilation and Execution, Primitive Data
Types, Variables, and Constants, Basic Input and Output, Operations, Type Conversion, and Casting.
Problem solving techniques: Algorithmic approach, characteristics of algorithm, Problem solving strategies: Top-
down approach, Bottom-up approach, Time and space complexities of algorithms.

Unit - II : Control Structures

Control Structures
Simple sequential programs Conditional Statements (if, if-else, switch), Loops (for, while, dowhile) Break and
Continue.
Unit - III : Arrays and Strings
Arrays and Strings
Arrays indexing, memory model, programs with array of integers, two dimensional arrays, Introduction to Strings.
Unit - IV : Pointers & User Defined Data types
Pointers & User Defined Data types
Pointers, dereferencing and address operators, pointer and address arithmetic, array manipulation using pointers,
User-defined data types-Structures and Unions.
Unit - V : Functions & File Handling
Functions & File Handling
Introduction to Functions, Function Declaration and Definition, Function call Return Types and
Arguments, modifying parameters inside functions using pointers, arrays as parameters. Scope and
Lifetime of Variables, Basics of File Handling
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Note: The syllabus is designed with C Language as the fundamental language of implementation.

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. "The C Programming Language", Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, PrenticeHall, 1988
2. Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, Byron S Gottfried, McGraw-Hill Education, 1996
Reference Books:
1. Computing fundamentals and C Programming, Balagurusamy, E., McGraw-Hill Education, 2008.
2. Programming in C, Rema Theraja, Oxford, 2016, 2nd edition
3. C Programming, A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Prasad, CENGAGE, 3 rd edition
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
IT WORKSHOP L T P C
23ACS03 (Common to all branches of Engineering)
0 0 2 1
Semester I Year [Link]. – I Semester
Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to
● To introduce the internal parts of a computer, peripherals, I/O ports, connecting cables
● To demonstrate configuring the system as Dual boot both Windows and other Operating Systems
Viz. Linux, BOSS
● To teach basic command line interface commands on Linux.
● To teach the usage of Internet for productivity and self-paced life-long learning
● To introduce Compression, Multimedia and Antivirus tools and Office Tools such as Word
processors, spread sheets and Presentation tools.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Perform Hardware troubleshooting.
CO2: Understand Hardware components and inter dependencies.
CO3: Safeguard computer systems from viruses/worms.
CO4: Document/ Presentation preparation.
CO5: Perform calculations using spreadsheets.
PC HARDWARE & SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
Task 1: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components in a CPU and its functions. Draw the block diagram
of the CPU along with the configuration of each peripheral and submit to your instructor.

Task 2: Every student should disassemble and assemble the PC back to working condition. Lab instructors
should verify the work and follow it up with a Viva. Also students need to go through the video which shows the
process of assembling a PC. A video would be given as part of the course content.

Task 3: Every student should individually install MS windows on the personal computer. Lab instructor should
verify the installation and follow it up with a Viva.

Task 4: Every student should install Linux on the computer. This computer should have windows installed. The
system should be configured as dual boot (VMWare) with both
Windows and Linux. Lab instructors should verify the installation and follow it up with a Viva

Task 5: Every student should install BOSS on the computer. The system should be configured as dual boot
(VMWare) with both Windows and BOSS. Lab instructors should verify the installation and follow it up with a
Viva
INTERNET & WORLD WIDE WEB
Task1: Orientation & Connectivity Boot Camp: Students should get connected to their Local Area Network and
access the Internet. In the process they configure the TCP/IP setting. Finally students should demonstrate, to the
instructor, how to access the websites and email. If there is no internet connectivity preparations need to be
made by the instructors to simulate the WWW on the LAN.

Task 2: Web Browsers, Surfing the Web: Students customize their web browsers with the LAN proxy settings,
bookmarks, search toolbars and pop up blockers. Also, plug-ins like Macromedia Flash and JRE for applets
should be configured.
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Task 3: Search Engines & Netiquette: Students should know what search engines are and how to use the search
engines. A few topics would be given to the students for which they need to search on Google. This should be
demonstrated to the instructors by the student.

Task 4: Cyber Hygiene: Students would be exposed to the various threats on the internet and would be asked to
configure their computer to be safe on the internet. They need to customize their browsers to block pop ups,
block active x downloads to avoid viruses and/or worms.

LaTeX and WORD

Task 1 – Word Orientation: The mentor needs to give an overview of La TeX and Microsoft
(MS) office or equivalent (FOSS) tool word: Importance of La TeX and MS office or equivalent (FOSS) tool
Word as word Processors, Details of the four tasks and features that would be covered in each, Using La
TeXand word – Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving files, Using help and resources, rulers, format painter in
word.

Task 2: Using La TeX and Word to create a project certificate. Features to be covered:-
Formatting Fonts in word, Drop Cap in word, Applying Text effects, Using Character Spacing, Borders and
Colors, Inserting Header and Footer, Using Date and Time option in both La TeX and Word.

Task 3: Creating project abstract Features to be covered:-Formatting Styles, Inserting table, Bullets and
Numbering, Changing Text Direction, Cell alignment, Footnote, Hyperlink, Symbols, Spell Check, Track
Changes.

Task 4: Creating a Newsletter: Features to be covered:- Table of Content, Newspaper columns, Images from
files and clipart, Drawing toolbar and Word Art, Formatting Images, Textboxes, Paragraphs and Mail Merge in
word.

EXCEL
Excel Orientation: The mentor needs to tell the importance of MS office or equivalent (FOSS) tool Excel as a
Spreadsheet tool, give the details of the four tasks and features that would be covered in each. Using Excel –
Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving excel files, Using help and resources.
Task 1: Creating a Scheduler - Features to be covered: Gridlines, Format Cells, Summation, auto fill,
Formatting Text

Task 2: Calculating GPA -. Features to be covered:- Cell Referencing, Formulae in excel – average, std.
deviation, Charts, Renaming and Inserting worksheets, Hyper linking, Count function,

LOOKUP/VLOOKUP
Task 3: Split cells, freeze panes, group and outline, Sorting, Boolean and logical operators, Conditional
formatting

POWER POINT
Task 1: Students will be working on basic power point utilities and tools which help them create basic power
point presentations. PPT Orientation, Slide Layouts, Inserting Text, Word Art, Formatting Text, Bullets and
Numbering, Auto Shapes, Lines and Arrows in PowerPoint.
Task 2: Interactive presentations - Hyperlinks, Inserting –Images, Clip Art, Audio, Video, Objects, Tables and
Charts.
Task 3: Master Layouts (slide, template, and notes), Types of views (basic, presentation, slide slotter, notes
etc), and Inserting – Background, textures, Design Templates, Hidden slides.

AI TOOLS – ChatGPT
Task 1: Prompt Engineering: Experiment with different types of prompts to see how the model responds. Try
asking questions, starting conversations, or even providing incomplete sentences to see how the model
completes them.
• Ex: Prompt: "You are a knowledgeable AI. Please answer the following question: What is the capital of
France?"
Task 2: Creative Writing: Use the model as a writing assistant. Provide the beginning of a story or a description
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

of a scene, and let the model generate the rest of the content. This can be a fun way to brainstorm creative ideas
• Ex: Prompt: "In a world where gravity suddenly stopped working, people started floating upwards.
Write a story about how society adapted to this new reality."
Task 3: Language Translation: Experiment with translation tasks by providing a sentence in one language and
asking the model to translate it into another language. Compare the output to see how accurate and fluent the
translations are.
• Ex:Prompt: "Translate the following English sentence to French: 'Hello, how are you doing today?'"
Reference Books:
1. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit, Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dream tech, 2003
2. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, Cheryl A Schmidt, WILEY Dream tech, 2013, 3rd edition
3. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson Education, 2012, 2 nd
edition
4. PC Hardware - A Handbook, Kate J. Chase, PHI (Microsoft)
5. LaTeX Companion, Leslie Lamport, PHI/Pearson.
6. IT Essentials PC Hardware and Software Companion Guide, David Anfins on and Ken Quamme. – CISCO
Press, Pearson Education, 3rd edition
7. IT Essentials PC Hardware and Software Labs and Study Guide, Patrick Regan– CISCO Press, Pearson
Education, 3rd edition
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB L T P C
23ABS01P (Common to all Branches Of Engineering)
0 0 2 1
Semester I B. Tech I Sem (CE, ME & ECE) & I B. Tech II Semester (EEE, CSE & FT)
Course Objectives:
To study the concepts of optical phenomenon like interference, diffraction etc., recognize the importance of
energy gap in the study of conductivity and Hall effect in semiconductors and study the parameters and
applications of dielectric and magnetic materials by conducting experiments.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Operate optical instruments like travelling microscope and spectrometer. (L5)
CO2: Estimate the wavelengths of different colours using diffraction grating. (L5)
CO3: Estimate hall coefficient of a given semiconductor. (L5)
CO4: Evaluate dielectric constant for dielectric and plot B H curve of ferro-magnetic material respectively.
(L5)
CO5: Calculate the band gap of a given semiconductor. (L5)
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of radius of curvature of a given Plano-convex lens by Newton’s rings.
2. Determination of wavelengths of different spectral lines in mercury spectrum using diffraction
grating in normal incidence configuration.
3. Verification of Brewster’s law
4. Determination of dielectric constant using charging and discharging method.
5. Study the variation of B versus H by magnetizing the magnetic material (B-H curve).
6. Determination of wavelength of Laser light using diffraction grating.
7. Estimation of Planck’s constant using photoelectric effect.
8. Determination of the resistivity of semiconductors by four probe methods.
9. Determination of energy gap of a semiconductor using p-n junction diode.
10. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying circular coil by Stewart Gee’s Method.
11. Determination of Hall voltage and Hall coefficient of a given semiconductor using Hall Effect.
12. Determination of temperature coefficients of a thermistor.
13. Determination of acceleration due to gravity and radius of Gyration by using a compound pendulum.
14. Determination of magnetic susceptibility by Kundt’s tube method.
15. Determination of rigidity modulus of the material of the given wire using Torsional pendulum.
16. Sonometer: Verification of laws of stretched string.
17. Determination of young’s modulus for the given material of wooden scale by non-uniform bending
(or double cantilever) method.
18. Determination of Frequency of electrically maintained tuning fork by Melde’s experiment.
Note: Any TEN of the listed experiments are to be conducted. Out of which any TWO experiments may be
conducted in virtual mode.
Learning Resources:
References Books:
 A Textbook of Practical Physics - S. Balasubramanian, M.N. Srinivasan, S. Chand Publishers, 2017.
Web Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

[Link]-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
Electrical & Electronics Engineering Workshop L T P C
23ABEE02 (Common to All Branches)
0 0 3 1.5
I B. Tech I Semester (CE, ME& ECE)
Semester
I B. Tech II Semester (EEE,CSE&FT)
Part A: Basic Electrical Engineering Workshop
Course Objectives:
To impart knowledge on the fundamental laws & theorems of electrical circuits, functions of electrical machines
and energy calculations.
Course Outcomes (CO): By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the Electrical circuit design concept; measurement of resistance, power, power factor; concept
of wiring and operation of Electrical Machines and Transformer (L2)
CO2: Apply the theoretical concepts and operating principles to derive mathematical models for circuits,
Electrical machines and measuring instruments; calculations for the measurement of resistance, power and
power factor (L3)
CO3: Apply the theoretical concepts to obtain calculations for the measurement of resistance, power and power
factor (L3)
CO4: Analyze various characteristics of electrical circuits, electrical machines and measuring instruments (L4)
CO5: Design suitable circuits and methodologies for the measurement of various electrical parameters; Household
and commercial wiring (L5)
List of Experiments:
All the following ten experiments are required to be conducted
1. Verification of KCL and KVL
2. Verification of Superposition theorem
3. Measurement of Resistance using Wheat stone bridge
4. Magnetization Characteristics of DC shunt Generator
5. Measurement of Power and Power factor using Single-phase wattmeter
6. Measurement of Earth Resistance using Megger
7. Calculation of Electrical Energy for Domestic Premises
Learning Resources:
Reference Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. C. Kulshreshtha, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019, First Edition
2. Power System Engineering, P.V. Gupta, M.L. Soni, U.S. Bhatnagar and A. Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai & Co,
2013
3. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI publishers, 2014, Third Edition
Web Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
Part B: Basic Electronics Engineering Workshop
Course Objectives:
To impart knowledge on the principles of digital electronics and fundamentals of electron devices&
its applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Identify & testing of various electronic components.
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

CO2: Understand the usage of electronic measuring instruments.

CO3: Plot and discuss the characteristics of various electron devices.
CO4: Explain the operation of a digital circuit.
List of Experiments:
Note: Minimum Six Experiments to be performed.
All the experiments shall be implemented using Hardware / Software.
1. Plot V-I characteristics of PN Junction Diode A) Forward bias B) Reverse bias.
2. Plot V – I characteristics of Zener-Diode and its application as voltage Regulator.
3. Implementation of half wave and full wave rectifiers
4. Plot Input & Output characteristics of BJT in CE and CB configurations
5. Frequency response of CE amplifier.
6. Simulation of RC coupled amplifier with the design supplied
7. Verification of Truth Table of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, Ex-OR, Ex-NOR gates
using ICs.
8. Verification of Truth Tables of S-R, J-K& D flip flops using respective ICs.
Tools / Equipment Required: DC Power supplies, Multi meters, DC Ammeters, DC Voltmeters, AC
Voltmeters, CROs, all the required active devices.
Learning Resources:
References:
1. R. L. Boylestad& Louis Nashlesky, Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory, Pearson
Education, 2021.
2. R. P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2009
3. R. T. Paynter, Introductory Electronic Devices & Circuits – Conventional Flow Version,
Pearson Education,2009.
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB L T P C
23ACS02 (Common to All branches of Engineering)
0 0 3 1.5
Semester I Year [Link]. – I Semester
Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to
The course aims to give students hands – on experience and train them on the concepts of the C- programming
language
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Read, understand, and trace the execution of programs written in C language.
CO2: Select the right control structure for solving the problem.
CO3: Develop C programs which utilize memory efficiently using programming constructs like pointers.
CO4: Develop, Debug and Execute programs to demonstrate the applications of arrays, functions, basic concepts
of pointers in C.
Unit - I
WEEK 1
Objective: Getting familiar with the programming environment on the computer and writing the first
program.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 1: Problem-solving using Computers.
Lab1: Familiarization with programming environment
i) Basic Linux environment and its editors like Vi, Vim & Emacs etc.
ii) Exposure to Turbo C, gcc
iii) Writing simple programs using printf(), scanf()
WEEK 2
Objective: Getting familiar with how to formally describe a solution to a problem in a series of finite
steps both using textual notation and graphic notation.

Suggested Experiments /Activities:

Tutorial 2: Problem-solving using Algorithms and Flow charts.
Lab 1: Converting algorithms/flow charts into C Source code.
Developing the algorithms/flowcharts for the following sample programs
i) Sum and average of 3 numbers ii) Conversion of
Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa iii) Simple interest
calculation

WEEK 3
Objective: Learn how to define variables with the desired data-type, initialize them with appropriate values and
how arithmetic operators can be used with variables and constants.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 3: Variable types and type conversions:

Lab 3: Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions.

i) Finding the square root of a given number ii)
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Finding compound interest iii) Area of a triangle

using heron’s formulae iv) Distance travelled by an
object

Unit - II
WEEK 4
Objective: Explore the full scope of expressions, type-compatibility of variables & constants and operators
used in the expression and how operator precedence works.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:

Tutorial4: Operators and the precedence and as associativity:

Lab4: Simple computational problems using the operator’ precedence and associativity
i) Evaluate the following expressions.
a. A+B*C+(D*E) + F*G
b. A/B*C-B+A*D/3
c. A+++B---A
d. J= (i++) + (++i)
ii) Find the maximum of three numbers using conditional operator iii) Take marks of 5 subjects
in integers, and find the total, average in float

WEEK 5
Objective: Explore the full scope of different variants of “if construct” namely if-else, nullelse, if-else
if*-else, switch and nested-if including in what scenario each one of them can be used and how to use
them. Explore all relational and logical operators while writing conditionals for “if construct”.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 5: Branching and logical expressions:
Lab 5: Problems involving if-then-else structures.
i) Write a C program to find the max and min of four numbers using if-else.
ii) Write a C program to generate electricity bill.
iii) Find the roots of the quadratic equation.
iv) Write a C program to simulate a calculator using switch case.
v) Write a C program to find the given year is a leap year or not.

WEEK 6
Objective: Explore the full scope of iterative constructs namely while loop, do-while loop and for loop in addition
to structured jump constructs like break and continue including when each of these statements is more appropriate
to use.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 6: Loops, while and for loops
Lab 6: Iterative problems e.g., the sum of series
i) Find the factorial of given number using any loop.
ii) Find the given number is a prime or not.
iii) Compute sine and cos series
iv) Checking a number palindrome
v) Construct a pyramid of numbers.

Unit - III
WEEK 7:
Objective: Explore the full scope of Arrays construct namely defining and initializing 1-D and 2-D and
more generically n-D arrays and referencing individual array elements from the defined array. Using
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

integer 1-D arrays, explore search solution linear search.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 7: 1 D Arrays: searching.
Lab 7:1D Array manipulation, linear search
i) Find the min and max of a 1-D integer array.
ii) Perform linear search on1D array.
iii) The reverse of a 1D integer array
iv) Find 2’s complement of the given binary number.
v) Eliminate duplicate elements in an array.

WEEK 8:
Objective: Explore the difference between other arrays and character arrays that can be used as Strings
by using null character and get comfortable with string by doing experiments that will reverse a string
and concatenate two strings. Explore sorting solution bubble sort using integer arrays.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 8: 2 D arrays, sorting and Strings.
Lab 8: Matrix problems, String operations, Bubble sort
i) Addition of two matrices
ii) Multiplication two matrices iii) Sort array elements using
bubble sort
iv) Concatenate two strings without built-in functions
v) Reverse a string using built-in and without built-in string functions

Unit - IV
WEEK 9:
Objective: Explore pointers to manage a dynamic array of integers, including memory allocation & value
initialization, resizing changing and reordering the contents of an array and memory de-allocation using malloc (),
calloc (), realloc () and free () functions. Gain experience processing command-line arguments received by C

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 9: Pointers, structures and dynamic memory allocation
Lab 9: Pointers and structures, memory dereference.
i) Write a C program to find the sum of a 1D array using malloc()
ii) Write a C program to find the total, average of n students using structures
iii) Enter n students data using calloc() and display failed students list
iv) Read student name and marks from the command line and display the student details along with the total.
v) Write a C program to implement realloc()

WEEK 10:
Objective: Experiment with C Structures, Unions, bit fields and self-referential structures (Singly linked lists)
and nested structures

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 10: Bit fields, Self-Referential Structures, Linked lists
Lab10 : Bit fields, linked lists
Read and print a date using dd/mm/yyyy format using bit-fields and differentiate the same without using bit-
fields
i) Create and display a singly linked list using self-referential structure.
ii) Demonstrate the differences between structures and unions using a C program.
iii) Write a C program to shift/rotate using bitfields.
iv) Write a C program to copy one structure variable to another structure of the same type.
Unit - V
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

WEEK 11:
Objective: Explore the Functions, sub-routines, scope and extent of variables, doing some experiments by
parameter passing using call by value. Basic methods of numerical integration

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 11: Functions, call by value, scope and extent,
Lab 11: Simple functions using call by value, solving differential equations using Eulers theorem.
i) Write a C function to calculate NCR value.
ii) Write a C function to find the length of a string. iii) Write a C function to
transpose of a matrix.
iv) Write a C function to demonstrate numerical integration of differential equations using Euler’s method

WEEK 12:
Objective: Explore how recursive solutions can be programmed by writing recursive functions that can
be invoked from the main by programming at-least five distinct problems that have naturally recursive
solutions.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 12: Recursion, the structure of recursive calls
Lab 12: Recursive functions
i) Write a recursive function to generate Fibonacci series.
ii) Write a recursive function to find the lcm of two numbers.
iii) Write a recursive function to find the factorial of a number.
iv) Write a C Program to implement Ackermann function using recursion.
v) Write a recursive function to find the sum of series.

WEEK 13:
Objective: Explore the basic difference between normal and pointer variables, Arithmetic operations using
pointers and passing variables to functions using pointers

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 13: Call by reference, dangling pointers
Lab 13: Simple functions using Call by reference, Dangling pointers.
i) Write a C program to swap two numbers using call by reference.
ii) Demonstrate Dangling pointer problem using a C program. iii) Write a C program to copy
one string into another using pointer. iv) Write a C program to find no of lowercase,
uppercase, digits and other characters using pointers.

WEEK14:
Objective: To understand data files and file handling with various file I/O functions. Explore
the differences between text and binary files.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 14: File handling
Lab 14: File operations
i) Write a C program to write and read text into a file. ii) Write a C program to write and
read text into a binary file using fread() and fwrite()
iii) Copy the contents of one file to another file.
iv) Write a C program to merge two files into the third file using command-line arguments.
v) Find no. of lines, words and characters in a file vi) Write a C program to print last n characters of a
given file.

Learning Resources:
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. Ajay Mittal, Programming in C: A practical approach, Pearson.
2. Byron Gottfried, Schaum' s Outline of Programming with C, McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice- Hall of India.
2. C Programming, A Problem-Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Prasad, CENGAGE
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
NSS/NCC/ SCOUTS & GUIDES/ COMMUNITY L T P C
23AHSS2 SERVICE
(Common to all Branches) 0 0 1 0.5
I B. Tech I Sem (CE, ME & ECE)
Semester
I B. Tech II Sem (EEE, CSE & FT)
Course Objectives:
The objective of introducing this course is to impart discipline, character, fraternity, teamwork, social
consciousness among the students and engaging them in selfless service.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Understand the importance of discipline, character and service motto.
CO2: Solve some societal issues by applying acquired knowledge, facts, and techniques
CO3: Explore human relationships by analyzing social problems
CO4: Determine to extend their help for the fellow beings and downtrodden people
CO5: Develop leadership skills and civic responsibilities.
UNIT I Orientation
General Orientation on NSS/NCC/ Scouts & Guides/Community Service activities, Career guidance.
Activities:
i) Conducting –ice breaking sessions-expectations from the course-knowing personal talents
and skills
ii) Conducting orientation programs for the students –future plans-activities-releasing road map
etc.
iii) Displaying success stories-motivational biopics- award winning movies on societal issues etc.
iv) Conducting talent show in singing patriotic songs-paintings- any other contribution.
UNIT II
Nature & Care
Activities:
i) Best out of waste competition.
ii) Poster and signs making competition to spread environmental awareness.
iii) Recycling and environmental pollution article writing competition.
iv) Organising Zero-waste day.
v) Digital Environmental awareness activity via various social media platforms.
vi) Virtual demonstration of different eco-friendly approaches for sustainable living.
vii) Write a summary on any book related to environmental issues.
UNIT III Community Service
Activities:
i) Conducting One Day Special Camp in a village contacting village-area leaders- Survey in the
village, identification of problems- helping them to solve via media- authorities-experts-etc.
ii) Conducting awareness programs on Health-related issues such as General Health, Mental
health, Spiritual Health, HIV/AIDS,
iii) Conducting consumer Awareness- Explaining various legal provisions etc.
iv) Women Empowerment Programmes- Sexual Abuse, Adolescent Health and Population
Education.
v) Any other programmes in collaboration with local charities, NGOs etc.
Reference Books:
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

1. Nirmalya Kumar Sinha & Surajit Majumder, A Text Book of National Service Scheme Vol;.I, Vidya Kutir
Publication, 2021 ( ISBN 978-81-952368-8-6)
2. Red Book - National Cadet Corps – Standing Instructions Vol I & II, Directorate General of NCC,
Ministry of Defence, New Delhi
3. Davis M. L. and Cornwell D. A., Introduction to Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York 4/e
2008
4. Masters G. M., Joseph K. and Nagendran R. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science,
Pearson Education, New Delhi. 2/e 2007
5. Ram Ahuja. Social Problems in India, Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
General Guidelines:
Institutes must assign slots in the Timetable for the activities.
Institutes are required to provide instructor to mentor the students.
Evaluation Guidelines:
Evaluated for a total of 100 marks.
A student can select 6 activities of his/her choice with a minimum of 01 activity per unit. Each activity shall be
evaluated by the concerned teacher for 15 marks, totaling to 90 marks.
A student shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 10 marks by conducting viva voce on the subject
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

B. Tech I Year-II Semester

1 23AHS01T Communicative English 2 0 0 2
2 23ABS04T Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3
3 23ABS06 Differential Equations & Vector Calculus 3 0 0 3
4 23ACME01 Basic Civil & Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
5 23AME03 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3
6 23AHS01P Communicative English Lab 0 0 2 1
7 23ABS04P Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 2 1
8 23AME02 Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 1.5
9 23AME03P Engineering Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
10 23AHSS1 Health and wellness, Yoga and Sports - - 1 0.5
Total 14 0 11 19.5
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH L T P C
23AHS01T (Common to all Branches)
2 0 0 2
I B. Tech I Sem (EEE, CSE & FT)
Semester
I B. Tech II Sem (CE, ME & ECE)
Course Objectives:
 The main objective of introducing this course, Communicative English, is to facilitate effective
Listening, Reading, Speaking and Writing skills among the students.
 It enhances the same in their comprehending abilities, oral presentations, reporting useful information
and providing knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary.
 This course helps the students to make them effective in speaking and writing skills and to make them
industry-ready.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Understand the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or transactional dialogues.
CO2: Apply grammatical structures to formulate sentences and correct word forms.
CO3: Analyze discourse markers to speak clearly on a specific topic in informal discussions.
CO4: Evaluate reading/listening texts and to write summaries based on global comprehension of these texts.
CO4: CO5: Create a coherent paragraph, essay, and resume.
UNIT I Lesson: HUMAN VALUES: Gift of Magi (Short Story)
Listening: Identifying the topic, the context and specific pieces of information by listening to short audio texts
and answering a series of questions.
Speaking: Asking and answering general questions on familiar topics such as home,family, work, studies
and interests; introducing oneself and others.
Reading: Skimming to get the main idea of a text; scanning to look for specific pieces of information.
Writing: Mechanics of Writing-Capitalization, Spellings, Punctuation-Parts of sentences.
Grammar: Parts of Speech, Basic Sentence Structures-Forming questions.
Vocabulary: Synonyms, Antonyms, Affixes (Prefixes/Suffixes), Root words.
UNIT II Lesson: NATURE: The Brook by Alfred Tennyson (Poem)
Listening: Answering a series of questions about main ideas and supporting ideas after listening to audio
texts.
Speaking: Discussion in pairs/small groups on specific topics followed by short structured talks.
Reading: Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal techniques that help to link the ideas in a
paragraph together.
Writing: Structure of a paragraph - Paragraph writing (specific topics).
Grammar: Cohesive devices - linkers, use of articles and zero article; prepositions.
Vocabulary: Homonyms, Homophones, Homographs.
UNIT III Lesson: BIOGRAPHY: Elon Musk
Listening: Listening for global comprehension and summarizing what is listened to.
Speaking: Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups and reporting what isdiscussed.
Reading: Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences -recognizing and interpreting specific context
clues; strategies to use text clues for comprehension.
Writing: Summarizing, Note-making, paraphrasing.
Grammar: Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement.
Vocabulary: Compound words, Collocations.
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

UNIT IV Lesson: INSPIRATION: The Toys of Peace by Saki

Listening: Making predictions while listening to conversations/ transactional dialogues without video;
listening with video.
Speaking: Role plays for practice of conversational English in academic contexts (formal and informal) -
asking for and giving information/directions.
Reading: Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to convey information, reveal trends
/patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display complicated data.
Writing: Academic Writing (Letter Writing, Report writing, creative writing, critical thinking).
Grammar: Reporting verbs, Direct & Indirect speech, Active & Passive Voice.
Vocabulary: Words often confused, Jargons
UNIT V Lesson: MOTIVATION: The Power of Intrapersonal Communication (An Essay)
Listening: Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and answering a series of relevant questions
that test comprehension.
Speaking: Formal oral presentations on topics from academic contexts.
Reading: Reading comprehension.
Writing: Writing structured essays on specific topics.
Grammar: Editing short texts –identifying and correcting common errors in grammar and usage (articles,
prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement).
Vocabulary: Technical Jargons
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Pathfinder: Communicative English for Undergraduate Students, 1st Edition, Orient Black Swan,
2023 (Units 1,2 & 3)
2. Empowering with Language by Cengage Publications, 2023 (Units 4 & 5)
Reference Books:
1. Dubey, Sham Ji & Co. English for Engineers, Vikas Publishers, 2020
2. Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A Handbook for International Students. Routledge,
2014.
3. Murphy, Raymond. English Grammar in Use, Fourth Edition, Cambridge University
Press, 2019.
4. Lewis, Norman. Word Power Made Easy- The Complete Handbook for Building a
Superior Vocabulary. Anchor, 2014.
Web Resources:
GRAMMAR:
1. [Link]/learningenglish
2. [Link]
3. [Link]/[Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]

VOCABULARY
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
ENGINEERING CHEMISRTRY
23ABS04T
3 0 0 3
Semester I B. Tech II Semester (Common to CE & ME)
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize engineering chemistry and its applications
 To impart the concept of soft and hard waters, softening methods of hard water
 To train the students on the principles and applications of electrochemistry, polymers, Surface
chemistry and cement.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the hardness, acidity and dissolved oxygen of water sample.
CO2: Demonstrate the corrosion prevention methods and factors affecting corrosion.
CO3: Explain the preparation, properties and applications of thermoplastics & Thermosetting plastics,
elastomers & conducting polymers.
CO4: Explain calorific values, octane number, refining of petroleum and cracking of oils.
CO5: Explain the setting and hardening of cement.
CO6: Summarize the concepts of colloids, micelle and nano-materials.
Pre-requisite: The basic knowledge of water, electrochemistry, polymers, fuels, cement and surface
chemistry.
Unit - I Water Technology
Soft and hard water, Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method, Estimation of dissolved oxygen – Boiler
troubles – priming, foaming, scale and sludge, caustic embrittlement, Industrial water treatment –
specifications for drinking water, Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and world health organization (WHO)
standards, Ion-exchange processes – desalination of brackish water, reverse osmosis (RO) and electro
dialysis.
Unit - II Electrochemistry and Applications

Electrodes – electrochemical cell, Nernst equation, cell potential calculations.

Primary cells – Zinc-air battery, Secondary Cells - Nickel-Cadmium (NiCad), and lithium-ion batteries –
working principle of the batteries including cell reactions; Fuel cells – Basic concepts, the principle and
working of hydrogen-oxygen Fuel cell.
Corrosion: Introduction to corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, differential aeration cell corrosion,
galvanic corrosion, metal oxide formation by dry electrochemical corrosion, Pilling Bed worth ratios and
uses, Factors affecting the corrosion, cathodic and anodic protection, electroplating and electroless plating
(Nickle and Copper).
Unit - III Polymers and Fuel Chemistry
Introduction to polymers, functionality of monomers, Mechanism of chain growth polymerization.
Thermoplastics and Thermosetting plastics: Preparation, properties and applications of polystyrene, PVC,
Nylon 6, 6 and Bakelite.
Elastomers – Preparation, properties and applications of Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol rubbers. Fuels – Types of
fuels, calorific value of fuels, numerical problems based on calorific value:
Analysis of coal (Proximate and Ultimate Analysis), Liquid fuels, refining of petroleum, Octane and Cetane
number – alternative fuels – propane, methanol, ethanol and bio fuel-bio diesel.
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - IV Modern Engineering Materials

Composites – Definition, Constituents, and Classification – Particle, Fibre and Structural reinforced
composites. Properties and Engineering applications, Refractories

Lubricants- classification, Functions of lubricants, Mechanism, properties of lubricating oils

– Viscosity, Viscosity Index, Flash point, Fire point, Cloud point, saponification and Applications.
Building Materials – Portland cement, constituents, Setting and Hardening of cement.
Unit - V Surface Chemistry and Nanomaterials
Introduction to surface chemistry, colloids, Nano metals and Nano metal oxides, micelle formation, synthesis
of colloids (Braggs Method), chemical and biological methods of preparation of nanometals and metal oxides,
stabilization of colloids and nano materials by stabilizing agents, adsorption isotherm (Freundlich and
Langmuir), BET equation (no derivation) applications of colloids and Nanomaterials-catalysis, medicine,
sensors, etc.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Jain and Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 17E, Dhanpat Rai, 2015.
2. Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula and James Keeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10E, Oxford
University Press, 2010.
3. GV Subba Reddy, K N Jayaveera, C Ramachandraiah, Engineering Chemistry, Mc Graw Hill,
2019.
4. Shikha Agarwal, Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications, 2E, Cambridge
University Press, 2019.
Reference Books:

1. Skoog and West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6E, Thomson, 2007.

2. Douglas A. Skoog, F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 7E,
Cengage, 2018.
3. D.J. Shaw, Introduction to colloids and Surface Chemistry, Butterworth-Heineman, 1992
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND VECTOR CALCULUS
23ABS06
3 0 0 3
Semester I B. Tech II Semester (Common to CE, EEE, ME, ECE & CSE)
Course Objectives:
 To enlighten the learners in the concept of differential equations and multivariable
calculus.
 To furnish the learners with basic concepts and techniques at plus two level to lead theminto advanced
level by handling various real-world applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Solve the differential equations related to various engineering fields.
CO2: Find the complete solution to the higher order linear differential equations and apply these methods to
find the current in complex electrical circuits.
CO3: Identify solution methods for partial differential equations that model physical process.
CO4: Interpret the physical meaning of different operators such as gradient, curl and divergence.
CO5: Estimate the work done against a field, circulation and flux using vector calculus.
Pre-requisite: Differential and Integral Calculus.
Unit - I DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE
Linear differential equations – Bernoulli’s equations- Exact equations and equations reducibleto exact form.
Applications: Newton’s Law of cooling – Law of natural growth and decay- Electrical circuits.
Unit - II LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF HIGHER ORDER (CONSTANT
COEFFICIENTS)
Definitions, homogenous and non-homogenous, complimentary function, particular integral, general solution,
Wronskian, Method of variation of parameters.
Applications to L-C-R Circuit problems and Simple Harmonic motion.
Unit - III PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Introduction, Formation of Partial Differential Equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary
functions, solutions of first order linear equations using Lagrange’s method and non-linear (standard types)
axby
equations. Second order PDE: solution of linear PDE with constant coefficients- RHS term of the type e ,
sin(ax  by) , cos(ax  by) , x m y n .
Unit - IV VECTOR DIFFERENTIATION
Scalar and vector point functions, vector operator Del, Del applies to scalar point functions- Gradient,
Directional derivative, del applied to vector point functions-Divergence and Curl, Scalar potential functions,
Vector identities.
Unit - V VECTOR INTEGRATION
Line integral-circulation-work done, surface integral-flux, Green’s theorem in the plane(without proof), Stoke’s
theorem (without proof), volume integral, Divergence theorem (without proof) and related problems.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 2017, 44 th Edition
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2018, 10 thEdition
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. Thomas Calculus, George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, Pearson Publishers,
2018, 14th Edition.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Dennis G. Zill and Warren S. Wright, Jones and
Bartlett, 2018.
3. Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, Glyn James, Pearson publishers, 2018,5th
Edition.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 2021 5th Edition (9th reprint).
5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. V. Ramana, , McGraw Hill Education, 2017
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
Basic Civil and Mechanical Engineering L T P C
23ACME01 (Common to All Branches of Engineering)
3 0 0 3
I B. Tech I Semester (EEE, CSE & FT)
Semester
I B. Tech II Semester (CE,ME & ECE)
PART-A
Basic Civil Engineering
Course Objectives:
 Get familiarized with the scope and importance of Civil Engineering sub-divisions.
 Introduction to Basic Civil Engineering materials and construction techniques
 Introduce the preliminary concepts of Structural and Geotechnical Engineering, surveying, Transportation
Engineering and Environmental Engineering
 Get familiarized with the importance of quality, conveyance and storage of water, quality of water and
Waste water management.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand various sub-divisions of Civil Engineering and to escalate their role in ensuring better society.
CO2: Learn the basic characteristics of Civil Engineering Materials and attain knowledge on prefabricated
technology.
CO3: Know the importance of structures and soils and learn the concepts of surveying
CO4: Realize the importance of Transportation in nation's economy and the Engineering measures related to
Transportation.
CO5: Comprehend the importance of Water Storage, water quality and waste management for sustainable growth
Unit - I INTRODUCTION TO CIVIL ENGINEERING
Role of Civil Engineers in Society- Various Disciplines of Civil Engineering- Structural Engineering-
Geotechnical Engineering- Transportation Engineering- Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering -
Environmental Engineering -Scope of each discipline.
Construction Materials: Cement, Aggregates, Bricks, Cement concrete, Steel- Building Construction and
Planning-Introduction to Prefabricated Construction Techniques.
STRUCTURAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING,
Unit - II
SURVEYING AND TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
Structural and Geotechnical Engineering: Introduction to types of Structures, Structural members and
Structural Components- Various Forces acting on the structures
Types of Soils and foundations - Types of rocks and minerals - Soil formation, Classification of soils- Concept of
permeability and seepage
Surveying and Transportation Engineering: Objectives of Surveying- Horizontal Measurements- Angular
Measurements- Introduction to Bearings, Levelling instruments used for levelling -Simple problems on levelling
and bearings-Concept of Contour mapping.
Importance of Transportation in Nation's economic development- Types of Highway Pavements- Flexible
Pavements and Rigid Pavements-Basics of Harbour, Tunnel, Airport and Railway Engineering
Unit - III WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Water Resources Engineering and Environmental Engineering: Introduction- Sources of water- Quality of
water- Specifications- Introduction to Hydrology–Rainwater Harvesting- Water Storage and Conveyance
Structures (Simple introduction to Dams and Reservoirs).
Introduction to Environmental Engineering- Waste Water Management- Importance of Reduce, Reuse,
Recycle- Sustainability
Learning Resources:
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. Basic Civil Engineering, [Link], , Tata Mcgraw Hill publications (India) Pvt. Ltd. Fourth Edition.
2. Introduction to Civil Engineering, S.S. Bhavikatti, New Age International Publishers.2022. First Edition.
3. Basic Civil Engineering, Satheesh Gopi, Pearson Publications, 2009, First Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Surveying, Vol- I and Vol-II, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers 2019. FifthEdition.
2. Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering, Santosh Kumar Garg, KhannaPublishers, Delhi. 2016
3. G. S. Birdie, “Water supply and sanitary Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons Publishers.
4. Bansal R. K, "Strength of Materials", Laxmi Publications, 2010.
5. Highway Engineering, [Link], C.E.G. Justo and Veeraraghavan, Nemchand and Brothers Publications
2019. 10th Edition.
6. Indian Standard DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION IS 10500-2012.
PART-B
Basic Mechanical Engineering
Course Objectives: The students after completing the course are expected to
 Get familiarized with the scope and importance of Mechanical Engineering in different sectors and
industries.
 Explain different engineering materials and different manufacturing processes.
 Provide an overview of different thermal and mechanical transmission systems and introduce basics of
robotics and its applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand the different manufacturing processes.
CO2: Explain the basics of thermal engineering and its applications.
CO3: Describe the working of different mechanical power transmission systems and power plants.
CO4: Describe the basics of robotics and its applications.
Unit - I Introduction to Mechanical Engineering & Engineering Materials
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering: Role of Mechanical Engineering in Industries and Society-
Technologies in different sectors such as Energy, Manufacturing, Automotive, Aerospace, and Marine sectors.
Engineering Materials - Metals-Ferrous and Non-ferrous, Ceramics, Composites, Smart materials.
Unit - II Manufacturing Processes & Thermal Engineering
Manufacturing Processes: Principles of Casting, Forming and joining processes, Machining, Introduction to
CNC machines, 3D printing, and Smart manufacturing.
Thermal Engineering –working principle of Boilers, Otto cycle, Diesel cycle, Refrigeration and air-conditioning
cycles, IC engines, 2-Stroke and 4-Stroke engines, SI/CI Engines, Components of Electric and Hybrid Vehicles.
Unit - III Power plants, Mechanical Power Transmission & Introduction to Robotics
Power plants–working principle of Steam, Diesel, Hydro, Nuclear power plants.
Mechanical Power Transmission -Belt Drives, Chain, and Rope drives, Gear Drives and their applications.
Introduction to Robotics -Joints & links, configurations, and applications of robotics
(Note: The subject covers only the basic principles of Civil and Mechanical Engineering systems. The evaluation
shall be intended to test only the fundamentals of the subject)
Learning Resources:
Textbooks: 1. A Tear book of Theory of Machines by S.S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, (India) Pvt.
Ltd.
2. An Introduction to Mechanical Engg by Jonathan Wicker and Kemper Lewis, Cengage learning India Pvt. Ltd.
3. G. Shanmugam and [Link], Basic Civil and the Mechanical Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill
publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
4. Basic Mechanical Engineering by Sadhu Signh, S. Chand Publications 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Internal Combustion Engines by [Link], By Tata McGraw Hill publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Appuu Kuttan KK, Robotics, I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Volume-I
3. 3D Printing & Additive Manufacturing Technology- L. Jyothish Kumar, Pulak M Pandey, Springer publications
4. Thermal Engineering by Mahesh M Rathore Tata McGraw Hill publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
23AME03
3 0 0 3
Semester I B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 To get familiarized with different types of force systems.
 To draw accurate free body diagrams representing forces and moments acting on a body to analyse the
equilibrium of system of forces.
 To teach the basic principles of centre of gravity, centroid and moment of inertia and determine them for
different simple and composite bodies.
 To apply the Work-Energy method to particle motion.
 To understand the kinematics and kinetics of translational and rotational motion of rigid bodies.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand the fundamental concepts in mechanics and determine the frictional forces for bodies in ontact.
CO2: Analyse different force systems such as concurrent, coplanar and spatial systems and calculate their
resultant forces and moments.
CO3: Locate the centroids, centre of gravity and moment of inertia of different geometrical shapes.
CO4: Apply the principles of work-energy and impulse-momentum to solve the problems of rectilinear and
curvilinear motion of a particle.
CO5: Solve the problems involving the translational and rotational motion of rigid bodies.
Unit - I Introduction to Engineering Mechanics, Systems of Forces and Friction
Introduction to Engineering Mechanics– Basic Concepts- Scope and Applications
Systems of Forces: Coplanar Concurrent Forces– Components in Space–Moment of Force and its Application –
Couples - Resultant of Force Systems.
Friction: Introduction- limiting friction and impending motion- Coulomb’s laws of dry friction- coefficient of
friction- Cone of Static friction.
Unit - II Equilibrium of Systems of Forces
Equilibrium of Systems of Forces: Free Body Diagrams- Lami’s Theorm- Equations of Equilibrium of
Coplanar System- Graphical method for the equilibrium- Triangle law of forces- converse of the law of polygon
of forces condition of equilibrium. Equations of Equilibrium for Spatial System of forces- Numerical examples
on spatial system of forces using vector approach, Analysis of plane trusses.
Principle of virtual work with simple examples.
Unit - III Centroid, Centre of Gravity, Area Moments of Inertia & Mass Moment of Inertia
Centroid: Centroids of simple figures (from basic principles)–Centroids of Composite Figures-
Centre of Gravity: Centre of gravity of simple body (from basic principles)- Centre of gravity of composite
bodies- Pappus theorems.
Area Moments of Inertia: Definition– Polar Moment of Inertia- Transfer Theorem- Moments of Inertia of
Composite Figures- Products of Inertia- Transfer Formula for Product of Inertia
Mass Moment of Inertia: Moment of Inertia of Masses-Transfer Formula for Mass Moments of Inertia- Mass
Moment of Inertia of composite bodies.
Unit - IV Rectilinear and Curvilinear motion of a particle
Rectilinear and Curvilinear motion of a particle: Kinematics and Kinetics–D’Alembert’s Principle - Work
Energy method and applications to particle motion-Impulse Momentum method.
Unit - V Rigid body Motion
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Rigid body Motion: Kinematics and Kinetics of translation- Rotation about fixed axis and plane motion- Work
Energy method and Impulse Momentum method.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Statics and Dynamics, Basudev Battachatia, Oxford University Press, 2014. Second Edition.
2. Engineering Mechanics, [Link]- [Link] and Srinivas V veeravalli , University press. 2020. First
Edition.
3. Engineering Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics, Rogers and M A. Nelson., McGraw Hill Education. 2017. First
Edition.
4. A Text book of Engineering Mechanics, by R.K. Bansal. Lakshmi Publications (P) Ltd.
5. Engineering Mechanics, Statics & Dynamics by A.K. Tayal, Umesh Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics, I.H. Shames., PHI, 2002. 4th Edition.
2. Engineering Mechanics, Volume-I: Statics, Volume-II: Dynamics, J. L. Meriam and L.G. Kraige., John Wiley,
2008. 6th Edition.
3. Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, Hibbeler R.C., Pearson Education, Inc., New Delhi, 2022,
14th Edition.
4. Engineering Mechanics, S. Timoshenko, D. H. Young, J.V. Rao, S. Pati., , McGraw Hill Education 2017. 5th
Edition.
5. A Textbook of Engineering Mechanics, S.S Bhavikatti. New age international publications 2018. 4th Edition.
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course
Code COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB L T P C
(Common to all Branches Of Engineering)
23AHS01P
0 0 2 1
I B. Tech I Sem (EEE, CSE & FT)
Semester
I B. Tech II Sem (CE, ME & ECE)
Course Objectives:
 The main objective of introducing this course, Communicative English Laboratory, is to expose the
students to a variety of self-instructional, learner friendly modes of language learning.
 The students will get trained in the basic communication skills and also make them
ready to face job interviews.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Understand the different aspects of the English language proficiency with emphasis on LSRWskills.
CO2: Apply communication skills through various language learning activities.
CO3: Analyze the English speech sounds, stress, rhythm, intonation and syllable division for
better listening and speaking comprehension.
CO4: Evaluate and exhibit professionalism in participating in debates and group discussions.
CO5: Create effective resume and prepare them to face interviews in future.
List of Topics:
1. Vowels & Consonants
2. Neutralization/Accent Rules/Syllable division
3. Communication Skills & JAM
4. Role Play or Conversational Practice
5. E-mail Writing
6. Resume Writing, Cover letter, SOP(Statement of Purpose)
7. Group Discussions-Methods & Practice
8. Debates - Methods & Practice
9. PPT Presentations/Poster Presentation
10. Interviews Skills
Suggested Software:
 Walden Infotech
 Young India Films
 K-Van Solutions
References Books:
1. Raman Meenakshi, Sangeeta-Sharma. Technical Communication. Oxford Press.2018.
2. Taylor Grant : English Conversation Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill Education India, 2016.
3. Hewing’s, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
4. [Link] & [Link]. A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English,(2nd Ed)
Kindle, 2013.
Web Resources:
Spoken English:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

6. [Link]
7. [Link]
8. [Link]
9. [Link]
10. [Link]
11. [Link]

Voice & Accent:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
ENGINEERING CHEMISRTRY LAB
23ABS04P
0 0 2 1
Semester I B. Tech II Semester (Common to CE & ME)
Course Objectives:
 To verify the fundamental concepts with experiments.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Determine the cell constant and conductance of solutions.
CO2: Prepare advanced polymer materials.
CO3: Determine the physical properties like surface tension, adsorption and viscosity.
CO4: Estimate the Iron and Calcium in cement.
CO5: Calculate the hardness of water.
List of Experiments

1. Determination of Hardness of a groundwater sample.

2. Estimation of Dissolved Oxygen by Winkler’s method.
3. Determination of Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery.
4. Preparation of a Polymer (Bakelite)
5. Determination of percentage of Iron in Cement sample by calorimetry.
6. Estimation of Calcium in Portland cement.
7. Preparation of nano-materials by Precipitation method.
8. Adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal.
9. Determination of percentage Moisture content in a coal sample
10. Determination of Viscosity lubricating oil by Redwood Viscometer 1.
11. Determination of Viscosity of lubricating oil by Redwood Viscometer 2.
12. Determination of Calorific value of gases by Junker’s gas Calorimeter.
Learning Resources:
Reference Books:
“Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6th Edition” Pearson publications by J. Mendham,
R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes and B. Sivasankar
 B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
ENGINEERING WORKSHOP L T P C
23AME02 (Common to All Branches)
0 0 3 1.5
I B. Tech I Semester (EEE,CSE & FT)
Semester
I B. Tech II Semester (CE, ME & ECE)
Course Objectives:
To familiarize students with wood working, sheet metal operations, fitting and electrical house wiring skills
Course Outcomes (CO): By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Identify workshop tools and their operational capabilities.
CO2: Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including fitting, carpentry, foundry and
welding.
CO3: Apply fitting operations in various applications.
CO4: Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for House Wiring Practice
SYLLABUS
1. Demonstration: Safety practices and precautions to be observed in workshop.
2. Wood Working: Familiarity with different types of woods and tools used in wood working and make following
joints.
a) Half – Lap joint b) Mortise and Ten on joint c) Corner Dovetail joint or Bridle joint
3. Sheet Metal Working: Familiarity with different types of tools used in sheet metal working, Developments of
following sheet metal job from GI sheets.
a) Tapered tray b) Conical funnel c) Elbow pipe d) Brazing
4. Fitting: Familiarity with different types of tools used in fitting and do the following fitting exercises.
a) V-fit b) Dovetail fit c) Semi-circular fit
d) Bicycle tire puncture and change of two-wheeler tyre
5. Electrical Wiring: Familiarity with different types of basic electrical circuits and makes the following
connections.
a) Parallel and series b) Two-way switch c) God own lighting
d) Tube light e) Three phase motor f) Soldering of wires
6. Foundry Trade: Demonstration and practice on Moulding tools and processes,
Preparation of Green Sand Moulds for given Patterns.
7. Welding Shop: Demonstration and practice on Arc Welding and Gas welding.
Preparation of Lap joint and Butt joint.
8. Plumbing: Demonstration and practice of Plumbing tools.
Preparation of Pipe joints with coupling for same diameter and with reducer for different diameters.
Learning Resources:
Text books:
1. Basic Workshop Technology: Manufacturing Process, Felix W.; Independently Published,2019.
2. Workshop Processes, Practices and Materials; Bruce J. Black,Routledge publishers, 5th Edn. 2015.
3. A Course in Workshop Technology Vol I. & II, B.S. Raghuwanshi, Dhanpath Rai &
Co., 2015 & 2017.
Reference Books: 1. Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I by S. K. Hajra Choudhury & Others,
Media Promoters and Publishers, Mumbai. 2007, 14th edition
2. Workshop Practice by H. S. Bawa, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. Wiring Estimating, Costing and Contracting; Soni P.M. & Upadhyay P.A.; Atul
Prakashan, 2021-22.
4. Balasubramanyam. N., Prof. Prasanthi. G., A Text Manual of Engineering Workshop Technology, Anchor
Academic Publishing, Hamburg, 2016.
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course
Code L T P C
ENGINEERING MECHANICS LAB
23ACME02
0 0 3 1.5
Semester I B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The students completing the course are expected to
 Verify the Law of Parallelogram of Forces and Triangle of Forces.
 Determine the coefficients of friction of Static and Rolling friction and Centre of gravity of different
plane Lamina.
 Analyse the system of Pulleys and Moment of Inertia of Compound Pendulum and Flywheel.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Evaluate the coefficient of friction between two different surfaces and between the inclined plane and the
roller.
CO2: Verify Law of Polygon of forces and Law of Moment using force polygon and bell crank lever.
CO3: Determine the Centre of gravity and Moment of Inertia of different configurations.
CO4: Verify the equilibrium conditions of a rigid body under the action of different force systems.
List of Experiments:
Note: Students have to perform any 10 of the following Experiments:
1. Verification of Law of Parallelogram of Forces.
2. Verification of Law of Triangle of Forces.
3. Verification of the Law of polygon for coplanar-concurrent forces acting on a particle in equilibrium and to
find the value of unknown forces considering particle to be in equilibrium using universal force table.
4. Determination of coefficient of Static and Rolling Frictions
5. Determination of Centre of Gravity of different shaped Plane Lamina.
6. Verification of the conditions of equilibrium of a rigid body under the action of coplanar non-concurrent,
parallel force system with the help of a simply supported beam.
7. Study of the systems of pulleys and draw the free body diagram of the system.
8. Determine the acceleration due to gravity using a compound pendulum.
9. Determine the Moment of Inertia of the compound pendulum about an axis perpendicular to the plane of
oscillation and passing through its centre of mass.
10. Determine the Moment of Inertia of a Flywheel.
11. Verification of Law of Moment using Rotation Disc Apparatus and Bell Crank Lever.
References:
1. S. Timoshenko, D. H. Young, J.V. Rao, S. Pati., Engineering Mechanics, 5th Edition, McGraw
Hill Education.
2. Hibbeler R.C., Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 14th Edition, Pearson
Education, Inc., New Delhi, 2022.
3. Engineering Mechanics by K.L. Kumar, Venu Kumar, 4th Edition, McGraw HillEducation.
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
Health and Wellness/ Yoga and Sports/Taekwondo
23AHSS1
(Common to all Branches) 0 0 1 0.5
I B. Tech I Sem (EEE, CSE & FT)
Semester
I B. Tech II Sem (CE, ME & ECE)
Course Objectives:
The main objective of introducing this course is to make the students maintain their mental and physical
wellness by balancing emotions in their life. It mainly enhances the essential traits required for development
of the personality.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Understand the importance of yoga and sports for Physical fitness and sound health
CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of health-related fitness components
CO3: Compare and contrast various activities that help enhance their health
CO4: Assess current personal fitness levels.
CO5: Develop Positive Personality
UNIT I
Concept of health and fitness, Nutrition and Balanced diet, basic concept of immunity Relationship
between diet and fitness, Globalization and its impact on health, Body Mass Index (BMI) of all age
groups.

Activities:
i) Organizing health awareness programmes in community
ii) Preparation of health profile
iii) Preparation of chart for balanced diet for all age groups
UNIT II
Concept of yoga, need for and importance of yoga, origin and history of yoga in Indian context,
classification of yoga, Physiological effects of Asanas- Pranayama and meditation, stress
management and yoga, Mental health and yoga practice.

Activities:
Yoga practices – Asana, Kriya, Mudra, Bandha, Dhyana, Surya Namaskar
UNIT III
Concept of Sports and fitness, importance, fitness components, history of sports, Ancient and
Modern Olympics, Asian games and Commonwealth games.

Activities:
i) Participation in one major game and one individual sport viz., Athletics, Volleyball,
Basketball, Handball, Football, Badminton, Kabaddi, Kho-kho, Table tennis, Cricket etc.
- Practicing general and specific warm up, aerobics
ii) Practicing cardiorespiratory fitness, treadmill, run test, 9 min walk, skipping and running.
Reference Books:
1. Gordon Edlin, Eric Golanty. Health and Wellness, 14th Edn. Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2022
2. [Link]. The Heart of Yoga: Developing a Personal Practice
3. Wiseman, John Lofty, SAS Survival Handbook: The Ultimate Guide to Surviving Anywhere
Third Edition, William Morrow Paperbacks, 2014
B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

4. The Sports Rules Book/ Human Kinetics with Thomas Hanlon. -- 3rd ed. Human Kinetics, Inc.2014
General Guidelines:
1. Institutes must assign slots in the Timetable for the activities of Health/Sports/Yoga.
2. Institutes must provide field/facility and offer the minimum of five choices of as manyas
Games/Sports.
3. Institutes are required to provide sports instructor / yoga teacher to mentor the students.
Evaluation Guidelines:
 Evaluated for a total of 100 marks.
 A student can select 6 activities of his/her choice with a minimum of 01 activity per unit.
Each activity shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 15 marks, totalling to 90
marks.
 A student shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 10 marks by conducting viva
voce on the subject.
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS): KALIKIRI

KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

II Year
Course Structure
Under R23 Regulations
Effective from AY: 2024-25
(For admitted in Regular 2023-24 and
Lateral Entry 2024-25 Students)
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

II YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABI

B. Tech II Year-I Semester

S. No. Category Title L/D T P Credits
1 23ABS11 Numerical Methods &Transform Techniques 3 0 0 3
Universal Human Values– Understanding
2 23AHS04 2 1 0 3
Harmony& Ethical human conduct
3 23AME04T Thermodynamics 2 0 0 2
4 23AME05Ta Mechanics of Solids 3 0 0 3
5 23AME05Tb Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3
Mechanics of Solids and Materials Science
6 23AME05P
Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 23AME06 Computer-Aided Machine Drawing 0 0 3 1.5
8 23AME07 Embedded Systems and IoT 0 0 2 1.0
9 23ACS07 Python programming 0 1 2 2
10 23AHS03 Environmental Science 2 0 0 -
Total 15 2 10 20

B. Tech II Year-II Semester

1 23AHS05d Industrial Management 2 0 0 2
2 23ABS16 Complex Variables, Probability and Statistics 3 0 0 3
3 23AME08T Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3
4 23AME09T Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines 3 0 0 3
5 23AME10 Theory of Machines 3 0 0 3
6 23AME08P Manufacturing Processes Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 23AME09P Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 23AHS06 Soft Skills 0 1 2 2
9 23AHSS3 Design Thinking & Innovation 1 0 2 2
Total 15 1 10 21
Mandatory Community Service Project of 08 weeks’ duration during Summer Vacation
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

B. Tech II Year-I Semester

S. No. Category Title L/D T P Credits
1 23ABS11 Numerical Methods &Transform Techniques 3 0 0 3
Universal Human Values– Understanding
2 23AHS04 2 1 0 3
Harmony& Ethical human conduct
3 23AME04T Thermodynamics 2 0 0 2
4 23AME05Ta Mechanics of Solids 3 0 0 3
5 23AME05Tb Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3
Mechanics of Solids and Materials Science
6 23AME05P 0 0 3 1.5
Lab
7 23AME06 Computer-Aided Machine Drawing 0 0 3 1.5
8 23AME07 Embedded Systems and IoT 0 0 2 1.0
9 23ACS07 Python programming 0 1 2 2
10 23AHS03 Environmental Science 2 0 0 -
Total 15 2 10 20
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
NUMERICAL METHODS & L T P C
23ABS11 TRANSFORMATION TECHNIQUES
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech I Semester, ME
Course Outcomes (CO): After the Completion of this course, the student should be able to
CO1: Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations and estimate the predictions
through interpolation. (L2,L3)
CO2: Apply the concept of numerical differentiation and integration in solving the related problems. (L3,L5)
CO3: Solve the initial value problems of single variable. (L3)
CO4: Understand the use of Laplace transform in initial Value Problems. (L2, L3)
CO5: Apply Fourier series and Fourier transform in various fields of Mechanical Engineering.(L3,L5)
Unit - I Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental Equations & Interpolation.
Introduction-Bisection Method-Iterative method, Regula-falsi method and Newton Raphson method
Finite differences-Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae – Lagrange’s formulae
Unit - II Numerical Differentiation., Integration and Curve Fitting
Numerical differentiation and integration: Numerical differentiation based on Newton’s interpolation, Trapezoidal
rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rule and Simpson’s 3/8 rule.
Curve fitting: Fitting of a straight line, second-degree and exponential curves by method of least squares.
Unit - III Solution Of Initial Value Problems to Ordinary Differential Equations
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series - Picard’s Method of successive
Approximations - Euler’s and modified Euler’s methods - Runge-Kutta methods (second and fourth order).
Unit - IV Laplace Transforms
Definition-Laplace transform of standard functions-existence of Laplace Transform – Inverse transform – First
shifting Theorem, transforms of derivatives and integrals –Convolution theorem – Laplace transform of Periodic
function, Applications tom initial value problems of ordinary differential equations.
Unit - V Fourier series and Fourier transforms
Fourier series: Determination of Fourier coefficients (Euler’s) – Dirichlet conditions for the existence of Fourier
series -Fourier series of Even and odd functions – Fourier series in an arbitrary interval – Half-range Fourier sine
and cosine expansions
Fourier transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals-complex form of
Fourier integral. Fourier transform – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – Properties – Inverse transforms – Finite
Fourier transform.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, 4/e, PHI, 2006, New Delhi.
2. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
2. [Link] and [Link], Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Alpha Science International Ltd.,2021
3. H. K. Das, [Link] Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 3/e, S. Chand Publications, 2014.
4. Alan Jeffrey, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Elsevier
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES – UNDERSTANDING L T P C
23AHS04 HARMONY AND ETHICAL HUMAN CONDUCT
(Common to all Branches) 2 1 0 3
Semester II B. Tech I Sem
Course Objectives:
 To help the students appreciate the essential complementary between 'VALUES' and 'SKILLS' to
ensure sustained happiness and prosperity which are the core aspirations of all human beings.
 To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life and profession as
well as towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct understanding of the Human reality and
the rest of existence. Such holistic perspective forms the basis of Universal Human Values and
movement towards value-based living in a natural way.
 To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of ethical human conduct,
trustful and mutually fulfilling human behaviour and mutually enriching interaction with Nature.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Define the terms like Natural Acceptance, Happiness and Prosperity. L1, L2
CO2: Identify one’s self, and one’s surroundings (family, society nature). L1, L2
CO3: Apply what they have learnt to their own self in different day-to-day settings in real life. L3
CO4: Relate human values with human relationship and human society. L4
CO5: Justify the need for universal human values and harmonious existence. L5
CO6: Develop as socially and ecologically responsible engineers. L3, L6
Course Topics
The course has 28 lectures and 14 tutorials in 5 modules. The lectures and tutorials are of 1-hour duration.
Tutorial sessions are to be used to explore and practice what has been proposed during the lecture sessions.
The Teacher’s Manual provides the outline for lectures as well as practice sessions. The teacher is expected to
present the issues to be discussed as propositions and encourage the students to have a dialogue.
UNIT I Introduction to Value Education (6 lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)
Lecture 1: Right Understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility (Holistic Development and the Role of
Education)
Lecture 2: Understanding Value Education
Tutorial 1: Practice Session PS1 Sharing about Oneself
Lecture 3: self-exploration as the Process for Value Education
Lecture4: Continuous Happiness and Prosperity – the Basic Human Aspirations
Tutorial 2: Practice Session PS2 Exploring Human Consciousness
Lecture 5: Happiness and Prosperity – Current Scenario
Lecture 6: Method to Fulfill the Basic Human Aspirations
Tutorial 3: Practice Session PS3 Exploring Natural Acceptance
UNIT II Harmony in the Human Being (6 lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)

Lecture 7: Understanding Human being as the Co-existence of the self and the body.
Lecture 8: Distinguishing between the Needs of the self and the body
Tutorial 4: Practice Session PS4 Exploring the difference of Needs of self and body.
Lecture 9: The body as an Instrument of the self
Lecture 10: Understanding Harmony in the self
Tutorial 5: Practice Session PS5 Exploring Sources of Imagination in the self
Lecture 11: Harmony of the self with the body
Lecture 12: Programme to ensure self-regulation and Health
Tutorial 6: Practice Session PS6 Exploring Harmony of self with the body
UNIT III Harmony in the Family and Society (6 lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Lecture 13: Harmony in the Family – the Basic Unit of Human Interaction
Lecture 14: 'Trust' – the Foundational Value in Relationship
Tutorial 7: Practice Session PS7 Exploring the Feeling of Trust
Lecture 15: 'Respect' – as the Right Evaluation
Tutorial 8: Practice Session PS8 Exploring the Feeling of Respect
Lecture 16: Other Feelings, Justice in Human-to-Human Relationship
Lecture 17: Understanding Harmony in the Society
Lecture 18: Vision for the Universal Human Order
Tutorial 9: Practice Session PS9 Exploring Systems to fulfil Human Goal
UNIT IV Harmony in the Nature/Existence (4 lectures and 2 tutorials for practice session)
Lecture 19: Understanding Harmony in the Nature
Lecture 20: Interconnectedness, self-regulation and Mutual fulfilment among the Four Orders of Nature
Tutorial 10: Practice Session PS10 Exploring the Four Orders of Nature
Lecture 21: Realizing Existence as Co-existence at All Levels
Lecture 22: The Holistic Perception of Harmony in Existence
Tutorial 11: Practice Session PS11 Exploring Co-existence in Existence
UNIT V Implications of the Holistic Understanding – a Look at Professional Ethics
(6 lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)
Lecture 23: Natural Acceptance of Human Values
Lecture 24: Definitiveness of (Ethical) Human Conduct
Tutorial 12: Practice Session PS12 Exploring Ethical Human Conduct
Lecture 25: A Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Universal Human Order
Lecture 26: Competence in Professional Ethics
Tutorial 13: Practice Session PS13 Exploring Humanistic Models in Education
Lecture 27: Holistic Technologies, Production Systems and Management Models-Typical Case Studies
Lecture 28: Strategies for Transition towards Value-based Life and Profession
Tutorial 14: Practice Session PS14 Exploring Steps of Transition towards Universal Human Order
Practice Sessions for UNIT I – Introduction to Value Education
PS1 Sharing about Oneself
PS2 Exploring Human Consciousness
PS3 Exploring Natural Acceptance

Practice Sessions for UNIT II – Harmony in the Human Being

PS4 Exploring the difference of Needs of self and body
PS5 Exploring Sources of Imagination in the self
PS6 Exploring Harmony of self with the body

Practice Sessions for UNIT III – Harmony in the Family and Society
PS7 Exploring the Feeling of Trust
PS8 Exploring the Feeling of Respect
PS9 Exploring Systems to fulfill Human Goal

Practice Sessions for UNIT IV – Harmony in the Nature (Existence)

PS10 Exploring the Four Orders of Nature
PS11 Exploring Co-existence in Existence

Practice Sessions for UNIT V – Implications of the Holistic Understanding – a Look at Professional Ethics
PS12 Exploring Ethical Human Conduct
PS13 Exploring Humanistic Models in Education
PS14 Exploring Steps of Transition towards Universal Human Order
Learning Resources:
Textbooks and Teachers Manual
a. The Textbook
R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics, 2nd
Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-47-1
b. The Teacher’s Manual
R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria,Teachers’ Manual for A Foundation Course in Human Values and
Professional Ethics, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-53-2
1.
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. JeevanVidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, JeevanVidyaPrakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj – PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
Introduction%20to%20Value%[Link]
2. [Link]
Harmony%20in%20the%20Human%[Link]
3. [Link]
Harmony%20in%20the%[Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
Harmony%20in%20the%20Nature%20and%[Link]
6. [Link]
SI%20UHV%20Teaching%20Material/Day%203%20Handouts/UHV%203D%20D3-
S2A%20Und%[Link]
7. [Link]
25%20Ethics%[Link]
8. [Link]
understanding-of-harmony-on-professional-ethics/62490385
9. [Link]
Mode of Conduct:
Lecture hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals about the topics at hand and
motivating students to reflect, explore and verify them. Tutorial hours are to be used for practice sessions.
While analyzing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing to essential elements to help
in sorting them out from the surface elements. In other words, help the students explore the important or
critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor encourages the student to
connect with one’s own self and do self-observation, self-reflection and self-exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take up ”ordinary” situations rather
than” extra-ordinary” situations. Such observations and their analyses are shared and discussed with other
students and faculty mentor, in a group sitting.
Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for the course. The difference is that the laboratory is
everyday life, and practical are how you behave and work in real life. Depending on the nature of topics,
worksheets, home assignment and/or activity are included. The practice sessions (tutorials) would also provide
support to a student in performing actions commensurate to his/her beliefs. It is intended that this would lead to
development of commitment, namely behaving and working based on basic human values.
It is recommended that this content be placed before the student as it is, in the form of a basic foundation
course, without including anything else or excluding any part of this content. Additional content may be
offered in separate, higher courses. This course is to be taught by faculty from every teaching department, not
exclusively by any one department.
Teacher preparation with a minimum exposure to at least one 8-day Faculty Development Program on
Universal Human Values is deemed essential
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
THERMODYNAMICS
23AME04T
2 0 0 2
Semester II B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Familiarize concepts of heat, work, energy and governing rules for conversion of one form to other.
 Explain relationships between properties of matter and basic laws of thermodynamics.
 Teach the concept of entropy for identifying the disorder and feasibility of a thermodynamic process.
 Introduce the concept of available energy for maximum work conversion.
 Provide fundamental concepts of Refrigeration and Psychrometry.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Explain the importance of thermodynamic properties related to conversion of heat energy into work. (L3)
CO2: Apply the Zeroth and First Law of Thermodynamics. (L3)
CO3: Understand Second Law of Thermodynamics. (L2)
CO4: Analyze the Mollier charts, T-S and h-s diagrams, Steam calorimetry, PhaseTransformations (L4)
CO5: Evaluate the COP of refrigerating systems and properties, processes of Psychrometry and sensible and latent
heat loads.(L5)
Unit - I Introduction
Basic Concepts : System, boundary, Surrounding, control volume, Universe, Types of Systems,
Macroscopic and Microscopic viewpoints, Concept of Continuum, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State,
Property, Process, Cycle – Reversibility – Quasi static Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of
Irreversibility
Unit - II Energy in State and in Transition
Types, Work and Heat, Point and Path function. Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics – PMM-I, Joule’s
Experiment – First law of Thermodynamics and applications. Limitations of the First Law – Enthalpy,
Thermal Reservoir, Heat Engine, Heat pump, Parameters of performance.
Unit - III Second Law of Thermodynamics
Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence / Corollaries, PMM-II, Carnot’s principle,
Carnot cycle and its specialties, Thermodynamic scale of Temperature, Clausius Inequality, Entropy,
Principle of Entropy Increase – Energy Equation, Availability and Irreversibility – Thermodynamic
Potentials, Gibbs and Helmholtz Functions, Maxwell Relations – Elementary Treatment of the Third
Law of Thermodynamics.
Unit - IV Pure Substances

P-V-T- surfaces, T-S and h-s diagrams, Mollier Charts, Phase Transformations – Triple point at critical
state properties during change of phase, Dryness Fraction – Clausius – Clapeyron Equation Property
tables. Mollier charts – Various Thermodynamic processes and energy Transfer – Steam Calorimetry.
Unit - V Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
Introduction to Refrigeration: Working of Air, Vapour compression, VCR system Components, COP
Refrigerants.
Introduction to Air Conditioning: Psychrometric properties & processes – characterization ofsensible
and latent heat loads – load concepts of SHF.
Requirements of human comfort and concept of effective temperature- comfort chart –comfort air
conditioning, and load calculations.
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. [Link], Engineering Thermodynamics, 5/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
2. Claus Borgnakke Richard E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, 7/e, Wiley,
2009.
Reference Books:
3. J.B. Jones, and R.E. Dugan, Engineering Thermodynamics, 1/e,Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. [Link] & [Link] ,Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach, 7/e, McGraw Hill,
2010.
5. [Link], Engineering Thermodynamics, 1/e, Oxford University Press, 2011.
6. CP Arora, Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, 4/e, McGraw Hill, 2021.
Web Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link] Semester_Winter_2021_Mechanical-Engg.-
_Thermal-Engineering-1_Abhijit- [Link]
 [Link]
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
23AME05Ta
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Understand the behaviour of basic structural members subjected to uni-axial and bi axial loads.
 Apply the concept of stress and strain to analyse and design structural members and machine parts
under axial, shear and bending loads, moment and torsional moment.
 Students will learn all the methods to analyse beams, columns, frames for normal, shear, and torsion
stresses and to solve deflection problems in preparation for the design of such structural
components.
 Students are able to analyse beams and draw correct and complete shear and bending moment
diagrams for beams.
 Students attain a deeper understanding of the loads, stresses, and strains acting on a structure and
their relations in the elastic behaviour
 Design and analysis of Industrial components like pressure vessels.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Learn all the methods to analyze beams, columns, frames for normal, shear, and torsion stresses and to
solve deflection problems in preparation for the design ofsuch structural components (L1)
CO2: Analyse beams and draw correct and complete shear and bending moment diagrams for beams. (L4)
CO3: Apply the concept of stress and strain to analyze and design structural members and machine parts under
axial, shear and bending loads, and moments.(L3)
CO4: Model &Analyze the behaviour of basic structural members subjected to variousloads (L4)
CO5: Design and analysis of Industrial components like pressure vessels.(L6)
Unit - I SIMPLE STRESSES & STRAINS
SIMPLE STRESSES & STRAINS : Elasticity and plasticity – Types of stresses & strains–Hooke’s law – stress
– strain diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety – Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio & volumetric
strain – Bars of varying section – composite bars – Temperature stresses- Complex Stresses - Stresses on an
inclined plane under different uni-axial and biaxial stress conditions - Principal planes and principal stresses -
Mohr’s circle - Relation between elastic constants, Strain energy – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, impact and
shock loadings.
Unit - II SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT :Definition of beam – Types of beams – Concept of shear force
and bending moment – S.F and B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected
to point loads, u.d.l, uniformly varying loads and combination of these loads – Point of contra flexure – Relation
between S.F., [Link] rate of loading at a section of a beam.
Unit - III FLEXURAL STRESSES AND SHEAR STRESSES
FLEXURAL STRESSES :Theory of simple bending, Derivation of bending equation, Determination of bending
stresses – section modulus of rectangular, circular, I and T sections– Design of simple beam sections.
SHEAR STRESSES: Derivation of formula – Shear stress distribution across various beams sections like
rectangular, circular, triangular, I and T sections.
Unit - IV DEFLECTION OF BEAMS & TORSION
DEFLECTION OF BEAMS :Bending into a circular arc – slope, deflection and radius of curvature –
Differential equation for the elastic line of a beam – Double integration and Macaulay’s methods – Determination
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply supported beams subjected to point loads, UDL and UVL.
Mohr’s theorem and Moment area method – application to simple cases.
TORSION: Introduction-Derivation- Torsion of Circular shafts- Pure Shear-Transmission of power by circular
shafts, Shafts in series, Shafts in parallel.
Unit - V THIN AND THICK CYLINDERS AND COLUMNS
THIN AND THICK CYLINDERS: Thin seamless cylindrical shells – Derivation of formula for longitudinal
and circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and volumetric strains – changes in dia, and volume of thin
cylinders– Thin spherical shells. Wire wound thin cylinders. Lame’s equation – cylinders subjected to inside &
outside pressures – compound cylinders.
COLUMNS:
Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned ends, Columns with other support Conditions,Limitations of Euler’s
Formula, Rankine’s Formula
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. GH Ryder, Strength of materials, Palgrave Macmillan publishers India Ltd, 1961.
2. B.C. Punmia,Strength of materials,10/e, Lakshmi publications [Link], New Delhi,2018.
Reference Books:
1. Gere &Timoshenko, Mechanics of materials, 2/e, CBS publications, 2004.
[Link], Strength of Materials, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2017.
[Link], Strength of Materials Part – I& II, 3/e, CBS Publishers, 2004.
4. Andrew Pytel and Ferdinand L. Singer,Strength of Materials,4/e, LongmanPulications, 1990.
[Link], Mechanics of Solids, 2/e, New Pearson Education, 2015.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link] mechanical behavior-
of-materials-part-1-linear-elastic-behavior
 [Link]
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
MATERIAL SCIENCE & METALLURGY
23AME05Ta
3 0 0 3
Semester II Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to
 Understand the crystalline structure of different metals and study the stability of phases in different alloy
systems. (L2)
 Study the behaviour of ferrous and non ferrous metals and alloys and their application in different domains.
(L1)
 Able to understand the effect of heat treatment, addition of alloying elements on properties of ferrous metals.
(L2)
 Grasp the methods of making of metal powders and applications of powder metallurgy. (L3)
 Comprehend the properties and applications of ceramic, composites and other advanced methods.(L4) 
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand the crystalline structure of different metals and study the stability of phases in different alloy
systems.
CO2: Study the behaviour of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys and their application in different domains.
CO3: Understand the effect of heat treatment, addition of alloying elements on propertiesof ferrous metals.
CO4: Grasp the methods of making of metal powders and applications of powdermetallurgy.
CO5: Comprehend the properties and applications of ceramic, composites and other advanced methods.
Unit - I : Structure of Metals and Constitution of alloys and Equilibrium Diagrams:
Structure of Metals and Constitution of alloys: Crystallization of metals, Packing Factor - SC, BCC, FCC&
HCP-line density, plane density. Grain and grain boundaries, effect of grain boundaries–determination of grain
size.
Imperfections, Slip and Twinning. Necessity of alloying, types of solid solutions, Hume Rothery’s rules,
intermediate alloy phases, and electron compounds

Equilibrium Diagrams: Experimental methods of construction of equilibrium diagrams, Iso-morphous alloy

systems, equilibrium cooling and heating of alloys, Lever rule, coring miscibility gaps, eutectic systems,
congruent melting intermediate phases, peritecticreaction. Transformations in the solid state – allotropy, eutectoid,
peritectoid reactions phase rule, relationship between equilibrium diagrams and properties of alloys. Study of
binary phase diagrams such as Cu-Ni and Fe-Fe3C.
Unit - II : Ferrous and Non-ferrous Metals and their Alloys
Ferrous metals and alloys: Structure and properties of White Cast iron, Malleable Cast iron, grey cast iron,
Spheroidal graphite cast iron, Alloy cast iron. Classification of steels, structure and properties of plain carbon
steels, Low alloy steels, Hadfield manganese steels, tool and die steels.

Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys: Structure and properties of Copper and its alloys, Aluminium and its
alloys, Titanium and its alloys, Magnesium and its alloys, Super alloys.
Unit - III : Heat treatment of Steels
Heat treatment of Steels: Effect of alloying elements on Fe-Fe3C system, annealing, normalizing, hardening,
TTT diagrams, tempering, Hardenability, surface - hardening methods, age hardening treatment, Cryogenic
treatment.
Unit - IV : Powder Metallurgy
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Powder Metallurgy: Basic processes- Methods of producing metal powders- milling atomization- Granulation-
Reduction-Electrolytic Deposition. Compacting methods – Sintering - Methods of manufacturing sintered parts.
Secondary operations, Applications of powder metallurgical products.
Unit - V : Ceramic and Advanced materials
Ceramic and Advanced materials: Crystalline ceramics, glasses, cermets, abrasive materials, Classification of
composites, manufacturing methods, particle reinforced composites, fiber reinforced composites, PMC, MMC,
CMC and CCCs. Introduction to Nanomaterials and smart materials.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. [Link], Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, 2/e, Tata McGraw- Hill, 1997.
2. Donald [Link], Essentials of Materials science and Engineering, 4/e, CLEngineering publications,
2018.
Reference Books:
1. [Link], Material Science and Metallurgy, 39/e, Everest Publishing House,2017.
2. [Link], Material Science and Engineering, 5/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
3. William D. Callister Jr, Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 8/e, JohnWiley and Sons,
2009.
4. George [Link], Mechanical Metallurgy, 3/e, McGraw-Hill, 2013.
5. Yip-Wah Chung, Introduction to Material Science and Engineering, 2/e, CRC Press,2022.
6. A V K Suryanarayana, Material Science and Metallurgy, B S Publications, 2014.
7. U. C. Jindal, Material Science and Metallurgy, 1/e, Pearson Publications, 2011.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link] mechanical-behavior-of-
materials-part-3-time-dependent-behavior.
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
MECHANICS OF SOLIDS AND L T P C
23AME05P MATERIALS SCIENCE LAB
0 0 3 1.5
Semester II Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Evaluate the values of yield stress, ultimate stress and bending stress of the given specimen under
tension test and bending test
 Conduct the torsion test to determine the modulus of rigidity of given specimen.
 Justify the Rockwell hardness test over with Brinell hardness and measure the hardness of the given
specimen.
 Examine the stiffness of the open coil and closed coil spring and grade them.
 Analyze the microstructure and characteristics of ferrous and non ferrous alloy specimens.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Understand the stress strain behaviour of different materials.(L2)
CO2: Evaluate the hardness of different materials.(L4)
CO3: Explain the relation between elastic constants and hardness of materials.(L1)
CO4: Identify various microstructures of steels and cast irons.(L3)
CO5: Evaluate hardness of treated and untreated steels.(L4)
NOTE: Any 6 experiments from each section A and B.

SECTION-A
MECHANICS OF SOLIDS LAB
1. Tensile test
2. Bending test on
a) Simply supported beam b) Cantilever beam
3. Torsion test
4. Hardness test
a) Brinell’s hardness test b) Rockwell hardness test c)Vickers hardness test
5. Test on springs
6. Impact test
a) Charpy test b) Izod test
7. Punch shear test
8. Liquid penetration test
SECTION-B
MATERIAL SCIENCELAB
1. Preparation and study of the Microstructure of pure metals
2. Preparation and study of the Microstructure of Mild steel, medium carbon steels, and High
carbon steels.
3. Study of the Microstructures of Cast Irons.
4. Study of the Microstructures of Non-Ferrous alloys.
5. Study of the Microstructures of Heat treated steels.
6. Hardenability of steels by Jominy End Quench Test.
Learning Resources:
Virtual lab:
1. To investigate the principal stresses σa and σb at any given point of a structural element or machine
component when it is in a state of plane stress. ([Link] [Link]/exp-rockwell-hardness-
experiment-iiith/[Link])
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

2. To find the impact resistance of mild steel and cast iron.([Link] [Link]/exp/izod-impact-
test).
3. To find the impact resistance of mild steel.([Link] impact-
test/[Link])
4. To find the Rockwell hardness number of mild steel, cast iron, brass, aluminum and spring steel etc.
([Link]
5. To determine the indentation hardness of mild steel, brass, aluminum etc. using Vickers hardness
testing machine. ([Link] test).
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
COMPUTER-AIDED MACHINE DRAWING
23AME06
0 0 3 1.5
Semester II B. Tech I Sem (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Introduce conventional representations of material and machine components.
 Train to use software for 2D and 3D modeling.
 Familiarize with thread profiles, riveted, welded and key joints.
 Teach solid modeling of machine parts and their sections.
 Explain creation of 2D and 3D assembly drawings and Familiarize with limits, fits,and
tolerances in mating components
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the conventional representations of materials and machinecomponents. (L3)
CO2: Model riveted, welded and key joints using CAD system. (L6)
CO3: Create solid models and sectional views of machine components. (L6)
CO4: Generate solid models of machine parts and assemble them. (L5)
CO5: Translate 3D assemblies into 2D drawings. (L6)
List of Experiments:
I. The following are to be done by any 2D software package Conventional representation of materials
and components:

1. Detachable joints: Drawing of thread profiles, hexagonal and square-headed bolts and nuts, bolted joint
with washer and locknut, stud joint, screw joint and foundation bolts.
2. Riveted joints: Drawing of rivet, lap joint, butt joint with single strap, single riveted, doubleriveted double
strap joints.
3. Welded joints: Lap joint and T joint with fillet, butt joint with conventions.
4. Keys: Taper key, sunk taper key, round key, saddle key, feather key, woodruff key.
5. Couplings: rigid – Muff, flange; flexible – bushed pin-type flange coupling, universalcoupling, Oldham’s’
coupling.

II. The following exercises are to be done by any 3D software package: Sectional views: Creating solid
models of complex machine parts and sectional views.

Assembly drawings: (Any four of the following using solid model software)

Lathe tool post, tool head of shaping machine, tail-stock, machine vice, gate valve, carburetor, piston,
connecting rod, eccentric, screw jack, plumber block, axle bearing, pipe vice, clamping device, Geneva cam,
and universal coupling.

Production drawing:

Representation of limits, fits and tolerances for mating parts. Use any four parts of above assembly drawings
and prepare manufacturing drawing with dimensional and geometric tolerances.

Learning Resources:
Text Books:
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

1 Machine Drawing [Link], [Link] and [Link] Reddy, New Age International
Publishers, 3/e, 2014
2 Machine drawing by [Link], P. Kannaiah, [Link], TMH Publishers.2014.
Reference Books:
1. Cecil Jensen, Jay Helsel and Donald [Link], Computer Aided EngineeringDrawing, Tata
McGraw-Hill, NY, 2000.
2. James Barclay, Brain Griffiths, Engineering Drawing for Manufacture, KoganPage Science,
2003.
3. N. D. Bhatt, Machine Drawing, Charotar Publishers, 50/e, 2014.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
fundamentals?index=product&queryID=c90b35a82a6ef58b0d6f89679c63f6a1&positi
on=2&linked_from=autocomplete&c=autocomplete
 [Link]
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS & IoT
23AME07
0 0 2 1
Semester II B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 To comprehend Microcontroller-Transducers Interface techniques
 To establish Serial Communication link with Arduino
 To analyse basics of SPI interface.
 To interface Stepper Motor with Arduino
 To analyse Accelerometer interface techniques
 To introduce the Raspberry PI platform, that is widely used in IoT applications
 To introduce the implementation of distance sensor on IoT devices.
Course Outcomes (CO): By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Comprehend Microcontroller-Transducers Interface techniques. (L4)
CO2: Establish Serial Communication link with Arduino (L6)
CO3: Analyse basics of SPI interface (L4)
CO4: Understand the concept of M2M (machine to machine) with necessary protocols and get awareness in
implementation of distance sensor. (L2)
CO5: Realize the revolution of internet in mobile devices, cloud and sensor networks (L3)
Embedded Systems Experiments
Any 5 experiments from the following
1. Measure Analog signal from Temperature Sensor.
2. Generate PWM output.
3. Drive single character generation on Hyper Terminal.
4. Drive a given string on Hyper Terminal.
5. Full duplex Link establishment using Hyper terminal.
6. Drive a given value on a 8 bit DAC consisting of SPI.
7. Drive Stepper motor using Analog GPIOs.
8. Drive Accelerometer and Display the readings on Hyper Terminal.

COMPONENTS/ BOARDS: 1. Arduino Due milanove Board 2. Arduino Software IDE.

Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Embedded Systems Architecture- By Tammy Noergaard, Elsevier Publications, 2013.
2. Embedded Systems-By Shibu. K.V-Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2013.
3. Embedded System Design, Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, John Wiley Publications, 2013.
4. Embedded Systems-Lyla [Link]-Pearson Publications,2013.
Internet of Things Experiments
Any 5 experiments from the following
1. Getting started with Raspberry Pi, Install Raspian on your SD card.
2. Python-based IDE (integrated development environments) for the Raspberry Pi and how to trace and
debug Python code on the device.
3. Using Raspberry pi a. Calculate the distance using distance sensor. b. Basic LED functionality.
4. Raspberry Pi interacts with online services through the use of public APIs and SDKs.
5. Study and Install IDE of Arduino and different types of Arduino.
6. Study and Implement Zigbee Protocol using Arduino / Raspberry Pi.
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

7. Calculate the distance using distance sensor Using Arduino.

8. Basic LED functionality Using Arduino and Node MCU.
9. Calculate the moisture content in the soil using Arduino and Node MCU.
10. Calculate the distance using distance sensor Using Node MCU.
11. Basic LED functionality Using Node MCU.
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
23ACS07
0 1 2 2
Semester II Year [Link]. – I Semester (Common To CSE, ECE, MECH, FDT)
Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to
• Introduce core programming concepts of Python programming language.
• Demonstrate about Python data structures like Lists, Tuples, Sets and dictionaries
• Implement Functions, Modules and Regular Expressions in Python Programming and to create practical
and contemporary applications using these.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Showcase adept command of Python syntax, deftly utilizing variables, data types, control structures,
functions, modules, and exception handling to engineer robust and efficient code solutions. (L4)
CO2: Apply Python programming concepts to solve a variety of computational problems (L3)
CO3: Understand the principles of object-oriented programming (OOP) in Python, including classes, objects,
inheritance, polymorphism, and encapsulation, and apply them to design and implement Python programs (L3)
CO4: Proficient in using commonly used Python libraries and frameworks such as JSON, XML, NumPy, pandas
(L2)
CO5: Exhibit competence in implementing and manipulating fundamental data structures such as lists, tuples,
sets, dictionaries (L3)
Unit - I
History of Python Programming Language, Thrust Areas of Python, Installing Anaconda Python Distribution,
Installing and Using Jupyter Notebook.
Parts of Python Programming Language: Identifiers, Keywords, Statements and Expressions, Variables,
Operators, Precedence and Associativity, Data Types, Indentation, Comments, Reading Input, Print Output, Type
Conversions, the type () Function and Is Operator, Dynamic and Strongly Typed Language.
Control Flow Statements: if statement, if-else statement, if...elif…else, Nested if statement, while Loop, for
Loop, continue and break Statements, Catching Exceptions Using try and except Statement.

Sample Experiments:
1. Write a program to find the largest element among three Numbers.
2. Write a Program to display all prime numbers within an interval
3. Write a program to swap two numbers without using a temporary variable.
4. Demonstrate the following Operators in Python with suitable examples.
i) Arithmetic Operators ii) Relational Operators iii) Assignment Operators iv) Logical Operators v) Bit wise
Operators vi) Ternary Operator vii) Membership Operators viii) Identity Operators
5. Write a program to add and multiply complex numbers
6. Write a program to print multiplication table of a given number.
Unit - II
Functions: Built-In Functions, Commonly Used Modules, Function Definition and Calling the function, return
Statement and void Function, Scope and Lifetime of Variables, Default Parameters, Keyword Arguments, *args
and **kwargs, Command Line Arguments.
Strings: Creating and Storing Strings, Basic String Operations, Accessing Characters in String by Index Number,
String Slicing and Joining, String Methods, Formatting Strings.
Lists: Creating Lists, Basic List Operations, Indexing and Slicing in Lists, Built-In Functions Used on Lists, List
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Methods, del Statement.

Sample Experiments:
7. Write a program to define a function with multiple return values.
8. Write a program to define a function using default arguments.
9. Write a program to find the length of the string without using any library functions.
10. Write a program to check if the substring is present in a given string or not.
11. Write a program to perform the given operations on a list: i. addition ii. Insertion iii. slicing
12. Write a program to perform any 5 built-in functions by taking any list.
Unit - III
Dictionaries: Creating Dictionary, Accessing and Modifying key:value Pairs in Dictionaries, Built-In Functions
Used on Dictionaries, Dictionary Methods, del Statement.
Tuples and Sets: Creating Tuples, Basic Tuple Operations, tuple() Function, Indexing and
Slicing in Tuples, Built-In Functions Used on Tuples, Relation between Tuples and Lists, Relation between Tuples
and Dictionaries, Using zip() Function, Sets, Set Methods, Frozenset.

Sample Experiments:
13. Write a program to create tuples (name, age, address, college) for at least two members and concatenate the
tuples and print the concatenated tuples.
14. Write a program to count the number of vowels in a string (No control flow allowed).
15. Write a program to check if a given key exists in a dictionary or not.
16. Write a program to add a new key-value pair to an existing dictionary.
17. Write a program to sum all the items in a given dictionary.

Unit - IV
Files: Types of Files, Creating and Reading Text Data, File Methods to Read and Write Data, Reading and
Writing Binary Files, Pickle Module, Reading and Writing CSV Files, Python os and os. path Modules.
Object-Oriented Programming: Classes and Objects, Creating Classes in Python, Creating Objects in Python,
Constructor Method, Classes with Multiple Objects, Class Attributes Vs Data Attributes, Encapsulation,
Inheritance, Polymorphism.

Sample Experiments:
18. Write a program to sort words in a file and put them in another file. The output file should have only lower-
case words, so any upper-case words from source must be lowered.
19. Python program to print each line of a file in reverse order.
20. Python program to compute the number of characters, words and lines in a file.
21. Write a program to create, display, append, insert and reverse the order of the items in the array.
22. Write a program to add, transpose and multiply two matrices.
23. Write a Python program to create a class that represents a shape. Include methods to calculate its area and
perimeter. Implement subclasses for different shapes like circle, triangle, and square.
Unit - V
UNIT-V:
Introduction to Data Science: Functional Programming, JSON and XML in Python, NumPy with Python, Pandas.

Sample Experiments:
24. Python program to check whether a JSON string contains complex object or not.
25. Python Program to demonstrate NumPy arrays creation using array () function.
26. Python program to demonstrate use of ndim, shape, size, dtype.
27. Python program to demonstrate basic slicing, integer and Boolean indexing.
28. Python program to find min, max, sum, cumulative sum of array
29. Create a dictionary with at least five keys and each key represent value as a list where this list contains at
least ten values and convert this dictionary as a pandas data frame and explore the data through the data
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

frame as follows:
a) Apply head () function to the pandas data frame
b) Perform various data selection operations on Data Frame
30. Select any two columns from the above data frame, and observe the change in one attribute with respect to
other attribute with scatter and plot operations in mat plot lib.
Learning Resources:
Reference Books:
1. Gowri shankar S, Veena A., Introduction to Python Programming, CRC Press.
2. Python Programming, S Sridhar, J Indumathi, V M Hariharan, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2024
3. Introduction to Programming Using Python, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE L T P C
23AHS03 (Common to all Branches)
2 0 0 0
Semester II B. Tech I Sem
Course Objectives:
 To make the students to get awareness on environment
 To understand the importance of protecting natural resources, ecosystems for future
generations and pollution causes due to the day-to-day activities of human life
 To save earth from the inventions by the engineers.
 To understand the problems related to social issues and Wild life protection acts.
 To know the importance of value education and welfare programs.
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course, the student will be able to
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Grasp multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies and various renewable and non-
renewable resources.
CO2: Understand flow and bio-geo chemical cycles and ecological pyramids.
CO3: Understand various causes of pollution and solid waste management and related preventive measures.
CO4: About the rainwater harvesting, watershed management, ozone layer depletion and waste land reclamation.
CO5: Cause of population explosion, value education and welfare programs.
UNIT I NATURAL RESOURCES
Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: — Definition, Scope and Importance — Need for Public
Awareness.
Natural Resources : Renewable and non-renewable resources — Natural resources and associated problems —
Forest resources — Use and over — exploitation, deforestation, case studies — Timber extraction — Mining,
dams and other effects on forest and tribal people — Water resources — Use and over utilization of surface and
ground water — Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams — benefits and problems — Mineral resources: Use
and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies — Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-
pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. — Energy resources:

Learning outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able to
To know the importance of public awareness
Explain how natural resources should be used.
UNIT II ECOSYSTEM AND BIODIVERSITY

Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem. — Structure and function of an ecosystem — Producers, consumers and
decomposers — Energy flow in the ecosystem — Ecological succession — Food chains, food webs and ecological
pyramids — Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem:
Forest ecosystem.
Grassland ecosystem
Desert ecosystem
Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
Biodiversity and Its Conservation : Introduction 0 Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity — Bio-
geographical classification of India — Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, Productive use, social, ethical,
aesthetic and option values — Biodiversity at global, National and local levels — India as a mega-diversity nation
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

— Hot-sports of biodiversity — Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts
— Endangered and endemic species of India — Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.
UNIT III ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soi1 pollution
d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards
Solid Waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes — Role of an
individual in prevention of pollution — Pollution case studies — Disaster management: floods, earthquake,
cyclone and landslides.
Learning outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able
• To understand the causes, effects and preventive measures of various pollution.
• To understand the various sources of solid waste and preventive measures.
• To know about the different types of disasters and their managerial measures.
UNIT IV SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Social Issues and the Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development — Urban problems related
to energy — Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management — Resettlement and rehabilitation
of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies — Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions —
Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies
— Wasteland reclamation. — Consumerism and waste products. — Environment Protection Act. — Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. — Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act — Wildlife
Protection Act — Forest Conservation Act — Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation —
Public awareness.
Learning outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able to
To know about the social issues related to environment and their protection acts.
To know about the various sources of conservation of natural resources.
UNIT V HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Human Population and The Environment: Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion
— Family Welfare Programs. — Environment and human health — Human Rights — Value Education —
HIV/AIDS — Women and Child Welfare — Role of information Technology in Environment and human health —
Case studies.
Field Work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest grassland/hill/mountain — Visit
to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, and birds — river, hill
slopes, etc...

Learning outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able
To understand population explosion and family welfare programs.
To identify the natural assets and related case studies.
Textbooks:
1. Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses Erach Bharucha for University Grants
Commission, Universities Press, 2nd Edition, 2013.
2. Palaniswamy, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson education, 2nd Edition. 2014.
3. [Link] Nambiar, “Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses as per UGC model
syllabus”, Scitech Publications (India), Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
Reference Books:
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

1. Deeksha Dave and [Link] Baba Reddy, “Textbook of Environmental Science”, Cengage
Publications, Revised Edition, 2023.
2. [Link], Comprehensive Environmental studies, Laxmi publications, 3rd Edition, 2009.
3. J. G. Henry and G. W. Heinke, “Environmental Sciences and Engineering”, Prentice hall of India Private
limited, 2nd Edition 2007.
4. G.R.Chatwa1, “A Text Book of Environmental Studies” Himalaya Publishing House, 1st edition, 2004.
5. G. M. Masters and W. P. Ela, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, Prentice hall
of India Private limited, 3rd Edition, 2008.
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

B. Tech II Year-II Semester

1 23AHS05d Industrial Management 2 0 0 2
2 23ABS16 Complex Variables, Probability and Statistics 3 0 0 3
3 23AME08T Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3
4 23AME09T Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines 3 0 0 3
5 23AME10 Theory of Machines 3 0 0 3
6 23AME08P Manufacturing Processes Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 23AME09P Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 23AHS06 Soft Skills 0 1 2 2
9 23AHSS3 Design Thinking & Innovation 1 0 2 2
Total 15 1 10 21
Mandatory Community Service Project of 08 weeks’ duration during summer Vacation
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
23AHS05d
2 0 0 2
Semester II B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Introduce the scope and role of industrial engineering and the techniques for optimal
design of layouts
 Illustrate how work study is used to improve productivity
 Explain TQM and quality control techniques
 Introduce financial management aspects and
 Discuss human resource management and value analysis.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 Define industrial engineering and its Importance. (L2)
 Understand various types of production. (L2)
 Demonstrate work study methods. (L3)
 Discuss the financial management aspects (L4)
 Understand the human resource management methods. (L2)
UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION
Definition of industrial engineering (I.E), development, applications, role of an industrial engineer,
quantitative tools of IE and productivity measurement. Concepts of management, importance, function of
management, scientific management, Taylor’s principles, Fayol’s principles of management.
PLANTLAYOUT: Factors governing plant location, types of production layouts, advantages and
disadvantages of process layout and product layout, applications, quantitative techniques for optimal design
of layouts.
UNIT - II WORK STUDY
Importance, types of production, applications, work study, method study and time study, work sampling,
PMTS, micro motion study, rating techniques, MTM, work factor system, principles of Ergonomics, flow
process charts, string diagrams and Therbligs.
UNIT - III STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL
Quality control, Queuing assurance and its importance, SQC, attribute sampling inspection with single and
double sampling, Control charts- X and R – charts X and S charts and their applications, simple numerical
examples.
TOTALQUALITYMANAGEMENT: Elements of TQM – Continuous Improvement zero defect
concept, quality circles, implementation, applications, ISO quality systems. Six Sigma definition, basic
concepts.

UNIT - IV FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Scope and nature of financial management, Sources of finance, Management of working capital, estimation of
working capital requirements, budget and budgetary control, Capital budgeting – Nature of Investment
Decisions– Investment Evaluation criteria-NPV, IRR, PI, Payback Period, and ARR, numerical problems.
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - V HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Concept of human resource management, personnel management and industrial relations, functions of
personnel management, Job- evaluation, its importance and types, merit rating, quantitative methods, wage
incentive plans, and types.
VALUE ANALYSIS: Value engineering, implementation procedure, enterprise resource planning and
supply chain management.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. O. PKhanna, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai Publications (P) Ltd.
2. Mart and Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, [Link]
&Company Ltd. New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Bhattacharya DK, Industrial Management, [Link], publishers.
2. J.G Monks, Operations Management, 3/e, McGraw Hill Publishers.
3. [Link], [Link], [Link], Industrial Engineering and Management Science,
KhannaPublishers.
4. Koontz O’Donnell, Principles of Management, McGraw Hill Publishers.
5. [Link], Statistical Quality Control, Khanna Publishers.
6. NVS Raju, Industrial Engineering and Management, Cengage India Private Limited.
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
23ABS16 COMPLEX VARIABLES, PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
To expose to the field of complex variables, statistics and testing of hypothesis, and their applications in
mechanical engineering.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Analyse the behaviour of a complex function and understand Cauchy-Riemann equations in testing the
analytic functions. (L2, L3).
CO2: Understand Cauchy integral theorem and use the Cauchy integral formula in evaluating the complex
integrals. Expand the complex functions in series and able to find residues and evaluate complex integrals
using the residue theorem. (L3, L5).
CO3: Apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of events in day-to-day problems. (L3).
CO4: Understand various probability distributions and calculate their statistical constants. (L2, L3).
CO5: Analyse to test the hypotheses and apply it in decision making for large samples (L3, L5).
Pre-requisite: Basic knowledge on complex numbers, Probability, random variables (discrete and
continuous), and probability distributions.
Unit - I COMPLEX VARIABLE – DIFFERENTIATION
Introduction to functions of complex variable-concept of Limit & continuity- Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann
equations, analytic functions harmonic functions, finding harmonic conjugate-construction of analytic function by
Milne Thomson method.
Unit - II COMPLEX VARIABLE – INTEGRATION
Line integral- Cauchy’s integral theorem (Simple Case), Cauchy Integral formula. Power series expansions:
Taylor’s series, zeros of analytic functions, singularities, Laurent’s series, Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem
(without proof).
Unit - III PROBABILITY THEORY AND RANDOM VARIABLE
Sample spaces and events, Probability, the axioms of probability, some elementary theorems, conditional
probability, Baye’s theorem.
Random variables (discrete and continuous), probability density functions, properties, mathematical expectation.
Unit - IV PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS
Probability distribution - Binomial, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution, Normal distribution
and their properties.
Sampling distributions: Population and Sample, the sampling distribution of means (σ known and σ unknown).
Unit - V ESTIMATION AND TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS, LARGE SAMPLE TESTS
Estimation-parameters, statistics, sampling distribution, point estimation, Interval estimation.
Formulation of null hypothesis, alternative hypothesis, the critical and acceptance regions, level of significance,
two types of errors and power of the test.
Large Sample Tests: Test for single proportion, difference of proportions, test for single mean and difference of
means.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers,2017, New Delhi.
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

2. Richard A Johnson, Miller & Freund’s Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 7/e, Pearson, 2008, India.
Reference Books:
1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 5/e, Alpha Science International Ltd.,
2002.
2. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006, New Delhi.
3. W. Feller, an Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, 1/e, Wiley, 1968.
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
23AME08T
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Know the working principle of different metal casting processes and gating system.
 Classify the welding processes, working of different types of welding processes and
welding defects.
 Know the nature of plastic deformation, cold and hot working process, working of arolling
mill and types, extrusion processes.
 Understand the principles of forging, tools and dies, working of forging processes.
 Know about the Additive manufacturing.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Design the patterns and core boxes for metal casting processes (L6)
CO2: Understand the different welding processes.(L2)
CO3: Demonstrate the different types of bulk forming processes (L3)
CO4: Understand sheet metal forming processes (L2)
CO5: Learn about the different types of additive manufacturing processes. (L2)
Unit - I Casting
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications. Patterns and Pattern
making – Types of patterns – Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances and their construction, Molding,
different types of cores , Principles of Gating, Risers, casting design considerations. Methods of melting and
types of furnaces, Solidification of castings and casting defects- causes and remedies. Basic principles and
applications of special casting processes - Centrifugal casting, Die casting, Investment casting and shell
molding.
Unit - II Welding
Welding: Classification of welding processes, types of welded joints and their characteristics, Gas welding,
Different types of flames and uses, Oxy – Acetylene Gas cutting. Basic principles of Arc welding, power
characteristics, Manual metal arc welding, submerged arc welding, TIG & MIG welding. Electro–slag welding.
Resistance welding, Friction welding, Friction stir welding, Forge welding, Explosive welding; Thermit
welding, Plasma Arc welding, Laser welding, electron beam welding, Soldering &Brazing.
Heat affected zones in welding; pre & post heating, welding defects –causes and remedies.
Unit - III Bulk Forming
Bulk Forming: Plastic deformation in metals and alloys-recovery, recrystallization and grain growth.
Hot working and Cold working-Strain hardening and Annealing. Bulk forming processes: Forging-Types of
Forging, forging defects and remedies; Rolling – fundamentals, types of rolling mills and products, Forces
in rolling and power requirements. Extrusion and its characteristics. Types of extrusion, Impact extrusion,
Hydrostatic extrusion; Wire drawing and Tube drawing.
Unit - IV Sheet metal forming
Sheet metal forming-Blanking and piercing, Forces and power requirement in these operations, Deep drawing,
Stretch forming, Bending, Spring back and its remedies, Spinning, Coining, Types of presses and press tools.
High energy rate forming processes: Principles of explosive forming, electromagnetic forming, Electro
hydraulic forming, rubber pad forming, advantages and limitations.
Unit - V Additive manufacturing
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Additive manufacturing - Steps in Additive Manufacturing (AM), Classification of AM processes,

Advantages of AM, and types of materials for AM, VAT photo polymerization AM Processes, Extrusion -
Based AM Processes, Powder Bed Fusion AM Processes, Direct Energy Deposition AM Processes, Post
Processing of AM Parts, Applications
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Kalpakjain S and Steven R Schmid,Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, 5/e, Pearson
Publications, 2007.
2. P.N. Rao,Manufacturing Technology -Vol I, 5/e, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.
Reference Books:
1. [Link] & [Link], Manufacturing Science, East West Press Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
2. Lindberg and Roy, Processes and materials of manufacture, 4/e, Prentice Hall IndiaLearning Private
Limited, 1990.
3. R.K. Jain, Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, 2022.
4. Sharma P.C., A Text book of Production Technology, 8/e, S Chand Publishing, 2014.
5. H.S. Shaun, Manufacturing Processes, 1/e, Pearson Publishers, 2012.
6. WAJ Chapman , Workshop Technology, 5/e, CBS Publishers & Distributors [Link],2001.
7. Hindustan Machine Tools, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,2017.
8. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker., Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing, Rapid
Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing, 2/e, Springer, 2015.
Web Resources:
 [Link] fundamentals-
of-manufacturing-processes
 [Link]
 [Link]/learn/introduction-to-additive-manufacturing-processessera
 [Link]
 [Link]
technology/?v=c86ee0d9d7ed
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

[Link]-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
FLUID MECHANICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINES
23AME09T
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The students completing this course are expected
 Understand the properties of fluids, manometry, hydrostatic forces acting on different
surfaces
 Understand the kinematic and dynamic behaviour through various laws of fluids likecontinuity,
Euler’s, Bernoulli’s equations, energy and momentum equations.
 Understand the theory of boundary layer, working and performance characteristics of various
hydraulic machines like pumps and turbines.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of fluid properties (L2)
CO2: Estimate the mechanics of fluids in static and dynamic conditions. (L5)
CO3: Apply the Boundary layer theory, flow separation and dimensional analysis. (L3)
CO4: Estimate the hydrodynamic forces of jet on vanes in different positions (L5)
CO5: Understand the working Principles and performance evaluation of hydraulic pump and turbines (L2)
Unit - I Fluid statics and Buoyancy and floatation
Fluid statics: Dimensions and units: physical properties of fluids - specific gravity, viscosity and its significance,
surface tension, capillarity, and vapor pressure. Atmospheric, gauge and vacuum pressure, Measurement of
pressure – Manometers - Piezometer, U-tube, inverted and differential manometers. Pascal’s & hydrostatic laws.
Buoyancy and floatation: Meta center, stability of floating body. Submerged bodies. Calculation of meta center
height. Stability analysis and applications.
Unit - II Fluid kinematics, Fluid dynamics and Closed conduit flow
Fluid kinematics: Introduction, flow types. Equation of continuity for one dimensional flow, circula tion and
vorticity, Stream line, path line and streak lines and stream tube. Stream function and velocity potential function,
differences and relation between them. Condition for irrotational flow, flow net, source and sink, doublet and
vortex flow.
Fluid dynamics: surface and body forces –Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a streamline,
momentum equation and its applications, force on pipe bend.
Closed conduit flow: Reynold’s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation- Minor losses in pipes-
pipesinseriesandpipesinparallel-totalenergyline-hydraulicgradientline.
Unit - III Boundary Layer Theory and Dimensional Analysis:
Boundary Layer Theory: Introduction, momentum integral equation, displacement, momentum and energy
thickness, separation of boundary layer, control of flow separation, Stream lined body, Bluff body and its
applications, basic concepts of velocity profiles.
Dimensional Analysis: Dimensions and Units, Dimensional Homogeneity, Non dimensionalization of equations,
Method of repeating variables and Buckingham Pi Theorem.
Unit - IV Basics of turbo machinery & Hydraulic Turbines:
Basics of turbo machinery: hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined, and curved
vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity diagrams, work done and efficiency, flow Over radial vanes.
Hydraulic Turbines: classification of turbines, impulse and reaction turbines, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and
Kaplan turbine-working proportions, work done, efficiencies, hydraulic design – draft tube-theory-functions and
efficiency.
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - V Performance of hydraulic turbines, Centrifugal pumps & Reciprocating pumps

Performance of hydraulic turbines: Geometric similarity, Unit and specific quantities, characteristic curves,
governing of turbines, selection of type of turbine, cavitation, surge tank, water hammer. Hydraulic systems-
hydraulic ram, hydraulic lift, hydraulic coupling. Fluidics – amplifiers, sensors and oscillators. Advantages,
limitations and applications.
Centrifugal pumps: classification, working, work done – manometric head- losses and efficiencies-specific
speed- pumps in series and parallel-performance characteristic curves, cavitation & NPSH.
Reciprocating pumps: Working, Discharge, slip, indicator diagrams.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. [Link], J.M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics, Fundamentals andApplications, 6/e, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2019.
2. Dixon,Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery,7/e, Elsevier Publishers, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. 1. P N Modi and S M Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics including HydraulicsMachines, Standard Book
House, 2017.
2. R KBansal, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 10/e, Laxmi Publications(P)Ltd,2019.
3. Rajput, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S Chand & Company, 2016.
4. [Link], Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering, S K Kataria &Sons, 2013.
5. [Link] Durgaiah, Fluid Mechanic sand Machinery,1/e, New Age International, 2002.
Online Learning Resources
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]/learn/fluid-powerera
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
THEORY OF MACHINES
23AME10
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Introduce various basic mechanisms and their applications.
● Explain importance of degree of freedom.
● Familiarize velocity and acceleration in mechanisms.
● Describe the cams and follower motions.
● Explain the importance of gyroscopic couples.
● Introduce the equation of motion for single degree of freedom system.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand different mechanisms and their inversions. (L2)
CO2: Calculate velocity and acceleration of different links in a mechanism. (L4)
CO3: Apply the effects of gyroscopic couple in ships, aero planes and road vehicles. (L3)
CO4: Evaluate unbalance mass in rotating machines. (L5)
CO5: Analyze free and forced vibrations of single degree freedom systems. (L4)
Unit - I Simple Mechanisms
Simple Mechanisms: Classification of mechanisms – Basic kinematic concepts and definitions – Degree of
freedom, mobility – Grashof’s law, kinematic inversions of four bar chain and slider crank chains- Limit
positions – Mechanical advantage- Transmission angle- Description of some common mechanisms- Quick
return mechanism, straight line mechanisms – Universal Joint – Rockermechanisms.
Unit - II Plane and motion analysis:
Plane and motion analysis: Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms, graphical
velocity analysis using instantaneous centers, velocity and acceleration analysis using loop closure equations –
kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms – slider crank mechanism dynamics – Coincident points – Coriolis
component of acceleration.
Unit - III Gyroscope & Gear Profile
Gyroscope: Principle of gyroscope, gyroscopic effect in an aero plane, ship, car and two wheelers, simple
problems
Gear Profile: Involute and cycloidal gear profiles, gear parameters, fundamental law of gearing and conjugate
action, spur gear contact ratio and interference/undercutting – helical, bevel, worm, rack & pinion gears,
epicyclic and regular gear train kinematics
Unit - IV Balancing of Rotating masses & Cams
Balancing of Rotating masses: Need for balancing, balancing of single mass and several masses in different
planes, using analytical and graphical methods.
Cams: Classification of cams and followers- Terminology and definitions – Displacement diagrams
–Uniform velocity, parabolic, simple harmonic and cycloidal motions – derivatives of followermotions-
specified contour cams- circular and tangent cams –pressure angle and undercutting.
Unit - V Vibrations & Turning Moment Diagrams and Flywheel
Vibrations: Introduction, degree of freedom, types of vibrations, free natural vibrations, Newton method and
energy method for single degree of freedom. Damped vibrations- under damped, critically damped; and over
damped systems, forced vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom; Vibration isolation
and transmissibility.
Turning Moment Diagrams and Flywheels: Turning moment diagrams for steam engine, I.C engine and
Multi Cylinder Engine. Crank effort – coefficient of fluctuation of energy, coefficient of fluctuation of speed –
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Fly Wheel and their design, fly wheels for punching press.

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. S.S. Rattan, Theory of Machines, 4/e, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2014.
2. P.L. Ballaney, Theory of Machines & Mechanisms, 25/e, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2003
Reference Books:
1. 1. F. Haidery, Dynamics of Machines, 5/e, Nirali Prakashan, Pune, 2003.
2. J.E. Shigley, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, 4/e, Oxford, 2014.
3. G.K. Groover, Mechanical Vibrations, 8/e, Nemchand Bros, 2009.
4. Norton, R.L., Design of Machinery – An Introduction to Synthesis and Analysis ofMechanisms
and Machines, 2/e, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.
5. William T. Thomson, Theory of vibration with applications, 4/e, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice
Hall, 1993.
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES LAB
23AME08P
0 0 3 1.5
Semester II B. Tech II Sem (ME)
Course Objectives:

Acquire practical knowledge on Metal Casting, Welding, Press Workingand Processing of Plastics.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

CO1: Make moulds for sand casting. (L2)
CO2: Fabricate different types of components using various manufacturing techniques. .(L5)
CO3: Adapt unconventional manufacturing methods. (L3)
CO4: Develop Different Weld joints. (L6)
CO5: Explain different types of 3d Printing techniques. (L2)
List of Experiments
1. Design and making of pattern
(i) Single piece pattern (ii) Split pattern

2. Sand properties testing

(i) Sieve analysis(dry sand) (ii) Clay content test (iii) Moisture content test
(iv) Strength test (Compression test & Shear test) (v) Permeability test

3. Mould preparation
(i) Straight pipe (ii) Bent pipe (iii) Dumble (iv) Gear blank

4. Gas cutting and welding

5. Manual metal arc welding
(i) Lap joint (ii) Butt joint
6. Injection Molding
7. Blow Molding
8. Simple models using sheet metal operations
9. Study of deep drawing and extrusion operations
10. To make weld ments using TIG/MIG welding
11. To weld using Spot welding machine
12. To join using Brazing and Soldering
13. To make simple parts on a 3D printing machine
14. Demonstration of metal casting.
Virtual Lab:
1. To study and observe various stages of casting through demonstration of casting process.
([Link] dei/[Link])
2. To weld and cut metals using an oxyacetylene welding setup. ([Link]
gas-cutting-processes-iitkgp/[Link]).
3. To simulate Fused deposition modelling process (FDM)
([Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
L T P C
FLUID MECHANICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB
23AME09P
0 0 3 1.5
Semester II B. Tech II Semester ( ME)
Course Objectives:
To impart practical exposure on the performance valuation methods of various flow measuring
equipment and hydraulic turbines and pumps.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the devices used for measuring flow. (L3)
CO2: Compute major losses in pipes. (L5)
CO3: Illustrate the operating parameters of turbines. (L2)
CO4: Explain the working of different types of pumps. (L2)
CO5: Explain the devices used for measuring flow.(L2)
List of Experiments
1. Impact of jets on Vanes.
2. Performance Test on Pelton Wheel.
3. Performance Test on Francis Turbine.
4. Performance Test on Kaplan Turbine.
5. Performance Test on Single Stage Centrifugal Pump.
6. Performance Test on Multi Stage Centrifugal Pump.
7. Performance Test on Reciprocating Pump.
8. Calibration of Venturimeter.
9. Calibration of Orifice meter.
10. Determination of friction factor for a given pipeline.
11. Determination of loss of head due to sudden contraction in a pipeline.
12. Turbine flow meter.
Learning Resources:
Virtual Lab:
1. To study different patterns of a flow through a pipe and correlate them with theReynolds number
of the flow. ([Link] Laboratory/reynolds/[Link])
2. To calculate Total Energy at different points of venture meter. ([Link]
Fluid-Laboratory/Bernoulli/[Link]).
3. To calculate the flow (or point) velocity at centre of the given tube usingdifferent flow
rates. ([Link] Laboratory/pitot/[Link])
4. To determine the hydrostatic force on a plane surface under partial submergeand full submerge
condition. ([Link] Laboratory/cop/[Link]).
5. To determine the discharge coefficient of a triangular notch. ([Link]
Fluid-Laboratory/notch/[Link])
6. To determine the coefficient of impact of jet on vanes. ([Link]
[Link]/exp/impact-of-jet).
7. To determine friction in pipes. ([Link]
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
Soft Skills L T P C
23AHS06 (Common to all Branches)
0 1 2 2
Semester II B. Tech II Sem (CE, ME & ECE)
Course Objectives:
 To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on soft skills
 To make the students aware of critical thinking and problem-solving skills
 To enhance healthy relationship and understanding within and outside an organization
 To function effectively with heterogeneous teams
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: List out various elements of soft skills. L1, L2
CO2: Describe methods for building professional image. L1, L2
CO3: Apply critical thinking skills in problem solving. L3
CO4: Analyse the needs of an individual and team for well-being. L4
CO5: Assess the situation and take necessary decisions. L5
CO6: Create a productive work place atmosphere using social and work-life skills ensuring personal and
emotional well-being. L6
UNIT I Soft Skills & Communication Skills
Soft Skills - Introduction, Need - Mastering Techniques of Soft Skills –Communication Skills-Significance
process, types-Barriers of communication - Improving techniques.

Activities:
Intrapersonal Skills -Narration about self-strengths and weaknesses-Clarity of thought–Self-expression -
articulating with felicity.
(The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the lives of the great, anecdotes
and literary sources)
Interpersonal Skills- Group Discussion – Debate –Team tasks -Book and Film Reviews by group -Group leader
presenting views (non- controversial and secular) on contemporary issues or on a given topic.
Verbal Communication- Oral Presentations- Extempore- Brief addresses and speeches- Convincing-Negotiating-
agreeing and disagreeing with professional grace.
Non-verbal communication – Public speaking – Mock interviews – Presentations with an objective to identify
non- verbal clues and remedy the lapses on observation, Types of Non-verbal Communication - Controlling
nervousness
UNIT II Critical Thinking
Active Listening–Observation–Curiosity–Introspection–Analytical Thinking–Open-mindedness–Creative thinking
-Positive thinking–Reflection.

Activities:
Gathering information and statistics on a topic - Sequencing –Assorting –Reasoning–Critiquing issues–Placing the
problem–Finding the root cause-Seeking viable solution–Judging with rationale–Evaluating the views of others -
Lectures of motivational speakers, Case Study, Story Analysis
UNIT III Problem Solving & Decision Making
Meaning & features of Problem Solving–Managing Conflict–Conflict resolution–Team building-Effective
decision making in teams–Methods & Styles

Activities:
Placing a problem which involves conflict of interests, choice and views–Formulating the Problem–Exploring
 II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

solutions by proper reasoning – Discussion on important professional, career and organizational decisions and
initiate debate on the appropriateness of the decision. Case Study & Group Discussion.
UNIT IV Emotional Intelligence & Stress Management
Managing Emotions–Thinking before reacting–Empathy for others–Self-awareness– elf-Regulation– tress factors–
Controlling stress – Tips

Activities:
Providing situations for the participants to express emotions such as happiness, enthusiasm, gratitude, and
sympathy, and confidence, compassion in the form of written or oral presentations.
Providing opportunities for the participants to narrate certain crisis and stressful situations caused by failure,
anger, jealousy, resentment and frustration in the form of written and oral presentation, Organizing debates, Six
Thinking Hats technique
UNIT V Corporate Etiquette
Etiquette- Introduction, concept, significance-Corporate etiquette-Meaning, modern etiquette, benefits-Global and
local culture sensitivity-ender Awareness-Etiquette in interaction-Cell phone etiquette-Dining etiquette-
Netiquette-Job interview etiquette-Corporate grooming tips-Overcoming challenges-Negotiations and Meeting
management

Activities
Providing situations to take part in the Role Plays where the students will learn about bad and good manners and
etiquette-Group Activities to showcase gender sensitivity, dining etiquette etc-Conducting mock job interviews-
Case Study-Business Etiquette Games, Chinese Whisper Games

NOTE
1. The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the lives of the great,
anecdotes, epics, scriptures, autobiographies and literary sources which bear true relevance to the prescribed skill.
2. Case studies may be given wherever feasible for example for Decision Making- The decision of King Lear.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Mitra Barun K, Personality Development and Soft Skills, Oxford University Press, Pap/Cdr edition 2012
2. Sharma, Sangeeta & Mishra, Binod, Communication Skills for Engineers & Scientists, 2nd Edn. PHI 2023
Reference Books:
1. Sharma, Prashant, Soft Skills: Personality Development for Life Success, BPB Publications 2018.
2. Alex K, Soft Skills [Link] & Co, 2012 (Revised edition)
3. Gajendra Singh Chauhan & Sangeetha Sharma, Soft Skills: An Integrated Approach to Maximise Personality
Published by Wiley, 2013
4. Pillai, Sabina & Fernandez Agna, Soft Skills and Employability Skills, Cambridge University Press, 2018
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
7. [Link]
8. [Link]
9. [Link]
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Design Thinking for Innovation L T P C

Course Code
(common to all Branches) 1 0 2 2
23AHSS3 Semester : II [Link] II Semester
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with design thinking process as a tool for breakthrough
innovation. It aims to equip students with design thinking skills and ignite the minds to create innovative
ideas, develop solutions for real-time problems.
Course Outcomes (CO): Blooms Level

 Define the concepts related to design thinking. L1, L2

 Explain the fundamentals of Design Thinking and innovation L1, L2
 Apply the design thinking techniques for solving problems in various sectors. L3
 Analyse to work in a multidisciplinary environment L4
 Evaluate the value of creativity L5
 Formulate specific problem statements of real time issues L3, L6
UNIT - I Introduction to Design Thinking 10 Hrs
Introduction to elements and principles of Design, basics of design-dot, line, shape, form as fundamental
design components. Principles of design. Introduction to design thinking, history of Design Thinking, New
materials in Industry.

UNIT - II Design Thinking Process 10 Hrs

Design thinking process (empathize, analyze, idea & prototype), implementing the process in driving
inventions, design thinking in social innovations. Tools of design thinking - person, costumer, journey map,
brain storming, product development

Activity: Every student presents their idea in three minutes, every student can present design process in the
form of flow diagram or flow chart etc. Every student should explain about product development.
UNIT - III Innovation 8 Hrs
Art of innovation, Difference between innovation and creativity, role of creativity and innovation in
organizations- Creativity to Innovation- Teams for innovation- Measuring the impact and value of creativity.

Activity: Debate on innovation and creativity, Flow and planning from idea to innovation, Debate on value-
based innovation.
UNIT - IV Product Design 8 Hrs
Problem formation, introduction to product design, Product strategies, Product value, Product planning,
product specifications- Innovation towards product design- Case studies

Activity: Importance of modelling, how to set specifications, Explaining their own product design.
UNIT - V Design Thinking in Business Processes 10 Hrs
Design Thinking applied in Business & Strategic Innovation, Design Thinking principles that redefine
business – Business challenges: Growth, Predictability, Change, Maintaining Relevance, Extreme
competition, Standardization. Design thinking to meet corporate needs- Design thinking for Startups-
Defining and testing Business Models and Business Cases- Developing & testing prototypes

Activity: How to market our own product, About maintenance, Reliability and plan for startup.
Textbooks:
1. Tim Brown, Change by design, Harper Bollins (2009)
2. Idris Mootee, Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation, 2013, John Wiley & Sons.
II B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. David Lee, Design Thinking in the Classroom, Ulysses press
2. Shrutin N Shetty, Design the Future, Norton Press
3. William Lidwell,Universal Principles of Design- Kritinaholden, Jill Butter.
4. Chesbrough.H, The Era of Open Innovation – 2013
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)

KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING

III Year
Course Structure
Under R23 Regulations
Effective from AY: 2025-26 Onwards
(For students admitted in 2023 (Reg.) and Lateral Entry 2024, 2025)
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABI

B. Tech III Year-I Semester

S.
Category Title L/D T P Credits
No.
1 23AME11Ta Machining Process 3 0 0 3
2 23AME12T Thermal Engineering 3 0 0 3
3 23AME11Tb Metrology and Measurements 3 0 0 3
4 Introduction To Quantum Technologies And
3 0 0 3
Applications
Professional Elective Course-I
23AME13a 1. Tool Design
23AME13b 2. Automobile Engineering
5 23AME13c 3 0 0 3
3. Mechanical behaviour of Materials
23AME13d 4. Work study and Ergonomics
23AME13e 5. Nano Technology
6 Open Elective Course-I:
23AME14 3 0 0 3
Sustainable Energy Technologies
7 Skill Enhancement Course
23AME11P 0 1 2 2
Machine Tools & Metrology lab
8 23AME12P Thermal Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 23AME15 Dynamics lab 0 0 3 1.5
Engineering Science Course
10 23AME16 0 0 2 1
Tinkering Lab
23AME17 Evaluation of Community Service Internship
11 - - - 2
Community Service Internship/Project
Total 18 1 10 26

Open Elective Course-I:

S. No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.

1 Green Buildings
CIVIL
2 Construction Technology and Management
3 Electrical Safety Practices and Standards EEE
4 Electronic Circuits ECE
5 Java Programming
CSE & Allied/IT
6 Fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence
7 Quantum Technologies and Applications
8 Mathematics for Machine Learning and AI Mathematics
9 Materials Characterization Techniques Physics
10 Chemistry of Energy Systems Chemistry
11 English for Competitive Examinations
Humanities
12 Entrepreneurship and New Venture Creation
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

B. Tech III Year-II Semester

S.
Category Title L/D T P Credits
No.
1 23AME18T Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3
2 23AME19T CAD/CAM 3 0 0 3
3 23AME20 Design of Machine Members 3 0 0 3
Professional Elective Course-II
23AME21a 1. Engineering Fracture Mechanics
23AME21b 2. Introduction of Turbo Machinery
4 23AME21c 3. Control Systems 3 0 0 3
23AME21d 4. Operations Research
23AME21e 5. Smart Materials
Professional Elective Course-III
23AME22a 1. Applications of Computational Fluid dynamics
23AME22b 2. Industrial Safety
5 23AME22c 3. Design of Automobile Transmission Systems 3 0 0 3
23AME22d 4. Mechanics & Manufacturing of Composite
Materials
23AME22e 5. Introduction to hybrid and electric vehicles
Open Elective Course – II:
6 3 0 0 3
23AME23 Automation & Robotics
7 23AME18P Heat Transfer Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 23AME19P CAD/CAM Lab 0 0 3 1.5
23AME24 Skill Enhancement Course
9 0 1 2 2
3 D Printing Lab
Audit Course
2 0 0 -
Technical paper writing and IPR
23AME25 Workshop 0 0 0 0
Total 20 1 08 23
Mandatory Industry Internship of 6-8 weeks duration during summer vacation

S. No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the

Dept.
1 Disaster Management CIVIL
2 Sustainability In Engineering Practices
3 Renewable Energy Sources EEE
4 Digital Electronics ECE
5 Operating Systems CSE& Allied/IT
6 Introduction of Machine Learning
7 Optimization Techniques for Engineers Mathematics
8 Mathematical Foundation Of Quantum Technologies
9 Physics Of Electronic Materials And Devices Physics
10 Chemistry Of Polymers And Applications Chemistry
11 Academic Writing and Public Speaking Humanities
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
MACHINING PROCESSES L T P C
23ME11Ta
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech I Semester, ME
Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Gain knowledge on working principle of different metal cutting processes and familiarize with cutting forces,
machining calculations and cutting fluids.
 Make the student learn about principles of lathe and Drilling machines.
 Make the student learn about principles of Grinding and Milling machines.
 To acquire knowledge in the elementary mechanism and machinability of materials with different Mechanical
and Electrical energy based Machining Processes.
 To make student familiar with various advanced machining operations.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to,
CO1: Operation of various machines like lathe, drilling, grinding, slotting, shaping, and milling etc (L1, L2)
CO2: Operation of various machines like lathe, drilling, grinding, slotting, shaping, milling etc (L2)
CO3: Illustrate advanced machining processes, cutting tools and cutting fluids for a specific material and part
features. (L1,L2)
CO4: Differentiate Electrical Energy Based machining processes, mechanism of metal removal, machine tool
selection. (L3)
CO5: Interpret Electro Chemical machining process, economic aspects of ECM (L2,L4)
Unit - I Elementary treatment of metal cutting theory
Elementary treatment of metal cutting theory – Elements of cutting process – Geometry of single point tool and
angles, chip formation and types of chips – built up edge and its effects, chip breakers. Mechanics of orthogonal
cutting –Merchant‘s Force diagram, cutting forces – cutting speeds, feed, depth of cut, heat generation, tool life,
coolants, machinability –economics of machining.
Unit - II Engine lathe, Drilling, Boring Machines, Shaping, Slotting and planning Machines
Engine lathe – Principle of working- specification of lathe – types of lathes – work holders and tool holders –
Taper turning, thread cutting operations and attachments for Lathes.
Drilling, Boring Machines, Shaping, Slotting and planning machines - Principles of working, specifications,
types, Tools and tool holding devices – operations performed, machining time calculation.
Unit - III Milling & Grinding Machines
Milling machine – Principles of working – specifications – classifications of milling machines – methods of
indexing, milling cutters - machining operation, Accessories to milling machines.
Grinding machine –Theory of grinding – classification– cylindrical and surface grinding machine – Tool and
cutter grinding machine – Grinding wheel specification - types of abrasives – bonds, Truing and Dressing of
wheels. Lapping, Honing and Broaching machines – comparison of grinding, lapping and honing.
Unit - IV Mechanical Energy & Electrical Energy Based Processes
Mechanical Energy Based Processes: Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining, Abrasive Water Jet
Machining, Ultra Sonic Machining – Working Principle, Description of Equipment, Process Parameters, Metal
Removal Rate, Applications, Advantages and Limitations.
Electrical Energy Based Processes: Electric Discharge Machining – Wire cut EDM - Working Principles,
Process Parameters, Applications Advantages and Limitations.
Unit - V Chemical, Electro Chemical & Thermal Energy Based Processes:
Chemical and Electro Chemical Energy Based Processes: Chemical Machining and Electro Chemical
Machining – Working Principle, Etchants, Mask ants, Techniques of Applying - Process Parameters, Electro
Chemical Grinding, Electro Chemical Honing, Applications, Advantages and Limitations.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Thermal Energy Based Processes: Laser Beam Machining and Drilling, Plasma Arc Machining, Electron Beam
Machining – Working Principle, Process Parameters, Applications, Advantages and Limitations.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Manufacturing Technology-Kalpakzian- Pearson Seventh edition. (2018)
2. Production Technology by R.K. Jain and S.C. Gupta, Khanna Publishers, 17th edition.
3. Jain V.K. Advanced Machining Processes, 1st Edition, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Pandey P.C and Shan H.S., Modern Machining Processes, 1/e, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Benedict G.F., Non-traditional Manufacturing Processes, 1/e, CRC Press, 1987.
3. Production Technology by H.M.T. (Hindustan Machine Tools),TMH, 1st edition, 2001
4. Manufacturing Technology Vol II by P.N. Rao, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2013
5. Machine Technology Machine tools and operations by Halmi A Yousuf & Harson, CRC Press Taylor and
Francies .
6. Workshop Technology – Vol II, [Link] Vamshi, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 10th edition, 2013
Web Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
23AME12T THERMAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech I Sem, ME
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Impart the knowledge on I C Engine.
 Demonstrate fuel systems, Cooling modes and types of ignitions systems.
 Explain the fuel and combustion systems variables and its effects.
 Study of engine Performance and its characteristics
 Instruct the awareness on Air compressors and exercise the problems on compressors
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: understand working of different I.C Engines and recognize basic elements and subsystems of an I.C.
Engine (L1, L2,L3)
CO2: S.I Engine fuel air requirements, evaluate fuel supply systems in an S.I Engine, create necessary
cooling modes and differentiate different ignition systems. (L2, L3, L5,L6)
CO3: Analyze the Flame Speed and Effect of Engine Variables and evaluate the abnormal combustion
effects and its causes (L3,L5,L6)
CO4: Applying of different input parameters to analyze and create the best performance in S.I and C.I
Engines and resolve the influence of normal and abnormal combustions. (L3,L4,L5,L6)
CO5: Familiarized the working principle of various types of air compressors and solve problems related to
reciprocating air compressor.(L1,L2,L3)
UNIT I I.C. Engines
Definition of Engine and Heat Engine, I.C Engine Classification – Parts of I.C. Engines, Working of I.C.
Engines, Two Stroke & Four Stroke I.C. Engines SI & CI Engines, Valve and Port Timing Diagrams.
UNIT II Fuel Supply System & Ignition System
Fuel System: S.I. Engine: Fuel Supply Systems, carburetor types Air Filters, Mechanical and Electrical Fuel
Pump – Filters– Gasoline Injection Systems. C.I Engine: Fuel Supply Systems.
Ignition System: Function of an Ignition System, Battery coil Ignition System, Magneto Coil Ignition
System, Electronic Ignition System using Contact Breaker, Electronic Ignition using Contact Triggers –
Spark Advance and Retard Mechanism.
UNIT III Fuels and Combustion:
S I engine : Normal Combustion and Abnormal Combustion – Importance of Flame Speed and Effect of
Engine Variables – Type of Abnormal Combustion, Pre-Ignition and Knocking (Explanation) – Fuel
Requirements and Fuel Rating, Anti Knock Additives, Combustion Chambers.
C.I Engines: Stages of Combustion – Delay Period and Its Importance – Effect of Engine Variables – Diesel
Knock– Combustion Chambers (DI And IDI), Fuel Requirements and Fuel Rating
UNIT IV Testing and Performance
Parameters of Performance - Measurement of Cylinder Pressure, Fuel Consumption, Air Intake, Exhaust Gas
Composition, Brake Power – Determination of Frictional Losses And Indicated Power – Performance Test –
Heat Balance Sheet and Chart.
UNIT V Alternative fuels, Cooling & Lubrication Systems
Air Compressors: Reciprocating Compressors, Effect of Clearance volume in Compressors, Volumetric
Efficiency, Single Stage and Multi Stage Compressors, Effect of Inter cooling and Pressure Drop in Multi -
Stage Compressors, Problems Related to Reciprocating Compressors, Working principles of Roots blower,
Vane type Blower, Centrifugal Compressor - Axial Flow Compressors.
Cooling & Lubrication Systems: Cooling Requirements, Air Cooling, Liquid Cooling, Thermo Siphon,
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Water And Forced Circulation System, Lubrication Systems-Flash, Pressurized and Mist Lubrication.

Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. I.C. Engines / V. Ganesan- TMH fourth edition (2017)
2. Thermal Engineering / Rajput / Lakshmi Publications 11th edition (2020)
3. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals John B. Heywood TMH (2017)
4. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines by H.N Gupta,2e, 2012
5. Internal Combustion Engines Giancarlo Ferrari, Angelo Onorati, Gianluca D'Errico, SEE 2022
Reference Books:
1. IC Engines – Mathur& Sharma – DhanpathRai& Sons (2017)
2. Engineering fundamentals of IC Engines – Pulkrabek, Pearson, PHI 2nd edition (2015)
3. Thermal Engineering, Rudramoorthy – TMH First edition (2017)
4. Thermodynamics & Heat Engines, B. Yadav, Central Book Depot., Allahabad (2002)
5. Thermal Engineering / Rajput / Lakshmi Publications 11th edition (2020)
Web Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
23AME11Tb METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Explain the system of limits, fits & tolerances and design of gauges.
 Identify the use of flatness and surface gauges
 Know the measurement of screw thread, Gear profiles.
 Describe the Measurement of Displacement and Strain.
 Illustrate the measuring process of Pressure, Force and Torque.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Demonstrate the concept of different types of dimensional tolerances and chose the desire limits and fit
component to solve the required fit.(L2,L3,L6)
CO2: Explain the basic standards of measurements and also apply the desired flatness and surface gauges to
analyze the dimensions.(L2,L3,L4)
CO3: Evaluate engineering parts with various precision instruments and choose the required surface roughness
instrument to compare the parts.(L4,L5,L6)
CO4: List out various measuring techniques for Displacement and Strain. Define the various instruments
for measuring the displacement and calibrate the strain.(L1,L2,L5)
CO5: Estimate the Instruments accuracy and Perform calibration of Force, Torque and pressure
measuring instruments(L1,L5,L6)
Unit - I Concept of measurement
Concept of Measurement: Concept of feedback Control systems -generalized measurement system, units and
standards, measuring instruments, sensitivity, readability, range of accuracy, precision, static and dynamic
response, repeatability, systematic and random errors, correction, calibration, terminology and limits fits and
tolerances, hole basis and shaft basis system, interchangeability.
Limit Gauges And Gauge Design: Plug, Ring, Snap, Gap, Taper gauges. Taylor's principle. Design of Go and No
Go gauges.
Linear and Angular Measurement: Linear measuring instruments: Vernier instruments, micrometers, slip
gauges, tool makers microscope. Comparators: Mechanical, pneumatic and electrical.
Angular measurements: Sine bar, bevel protractor and angle decor, rollers and spheres used to determine the
tapers.
Unit - II Flatness and Surface Roughness measurement
Flatness Measurement: Measurement of flatness – straight edges – surface plates, optical flat and
autocollimators, interferometers and their applications.
Surface Roughness Measurement: Terminology systems, differences between surface roughness and surface
waviness- Numerical assessment of surface finish - CLA, R.M.S Value-S a , Sz and Sq, Methods of measurement
of surface finish-profilograph, talysurf, BIS symbols for indication of surface roughness, surface measurements.
Unit - III Screw Thread and Gear Measurement
Screw thread measurements: Elements of threads, errors in screw threads, various methods for measuring
external and internal screw threads, screw thread gauges.
Gear Measurement: Gear tooth terminology, measurement of gear elements-run out, lead, pitch backlash, profile,
and pressure angle, and tooth thickness, diameter of gear, constant chord and base tangent method.
Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM)- Construction and features.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - IV Measurement of Displacement and Strain

Measurement of Displacement: Theory and construction of various transducers to measure displacement –
Piezo-electric, inductive, capacitance, resistance, ionization and photoelectric transducers, calibration procedures.
Measurements of Strain: Various types of electrical strain gauges, gauge factor, method of usage of resistance
strain gauge for bending, compressive and tensile strains, usage for measuring torque, strain gauge rosettes.
Unit - V Mechanical Measurements
Measurement of Force: Direct method - analytical balance, platform balance; elastic members – load
cells, cantilever beams and proving rings.
Measurement of Torque: Torsion bar dynamometer, servo controlled dynamometer and
absorption dynamometer.
Measurement of Pressure: Standards and calibration, basic methods of pressure measurement, dead
weight gauges and manometers, High and low pressure measurement, Elastic transducers.
Temperature measurement: Vibrations, acoustics, thermocouples with their ranges, Applications,
various types of Gauges and its Applications.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Beckwith, Marangoni, Linehard, Mechanical Measurements, 6/e, PHI, 2013.
2. R.K. Jain, Engineering Metrology, 20/e, Khanna Publishers, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Mahajan, Engineering Metrology, 2/e, Dhanpat Rai, 2013.
2. [Link], Basic Principles - Measurments and Control Systems, Anuradha Publications, 2014.
3. Anand K Bewoor& Vinay A Kulkarni, Metrology & Measurement, 15/e, McGrawHill, 2015.
4. D.S. Kumar, Mechanical Measurements & Control, Metropolitan Publishers, 5/e, 2015.
Web Resources:
 [Link] [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link] ml
 [Link]
 html [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM TECHNOLOGIES L T P C
AND APPLICATIONS (Qualitative Treatment )
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech I Semester (Common to All)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Introduce fundamental quantum concepts like superposition and entanglement.
 Understand theoretical structure of qubit and quantum information.
 Explore conceptual challenges in building quantum computers.
 Explain principles of quantum communication and computing.
 Examine real-world applications and the future of quantum technologies.
Course Outcomes (CO): After completion of this course student will be able to
CO1: Explain core quantum principles in a non-mathematical manner.
CO2: Compare classical and quantum information systems.
CO3: Identify theoretical issues in building quantum computers.
CO4: Discuss quantum communication and computing concepts.
CO5: Recognize applications, industry trends, and career paths in quantum technology.
Unit - I Introduction to Quantum Theory and Technologies
The transition from classical to quantum physics, Fundamental principles explained conceptually: Superposition,
Entanglement, Uncertainty Principle, Wave-particle duality, Classical vs Quantum mechanics – theoretical
comparison, Quantum states and measurement: nature of observation, Overview of quantum systems: electrons,
photons, atoms, The concept of quantization: discrete energy levels, Why quantum? Strategic, scientific, and
technological significance, A snapshot of quantum technologies: Computing, Communication, and Sensing,
National and global quantum missions: India‘s Quantum Mission, EU, USA, China.
Unit - II Theoretical Structure of Quantum Information Systems
What is a qubit? Conceptual understanding using spin and polarization, Comparison: classical bits v/s quantum
bits, Quantum systems: trapped ions, superconducting circuits, photons (non-engineering view),Quantum
coherence and de-coherence – intuitive explanation, Theoretical concepts: Hilbert spaces, quantum states,
operators – only interpreted in abstract, The role of entanglement and non-locality in systems, Quantum
information v/s classical information: principles and differences, Philosophical implications: randomness,
determinism, and observer role
Unit - III Building a Quantum Computer – Theoretical Challenges and Requirement
What is required to build a quantum computer (conceptual overview)?,Fragility of quantum systems: de-
coherence, noise, and control, Conditions for a functional quantum system: Isolation, Error management,
Scalability, Stability, Theoretical barriers: Why maintaining entanglement is difficult, Error correction as a
theoretical necessity, Quantum hardware platforms (brief conceptual comparison),Superconducting circuits,
Trapped ions, Photonics, Vision v/s reality: what‘s working and what remains elusive, The role of quantum
software in managing theoretical complexities
Unit - IV Quantum Communication and Computing – Theoretical Perspective
Quantum v/s Classical Information, Basics of Quantum Communication, Quantum Key Distribution (QKD),Role
of Entanglement in Communication, The Idea of the Quantum Internet – Secure Global Networking, Introduction
to Quantum Computing, Quantum Parallelism (Many States at Once),Classical v/s Quantum Gates, Challenges:
De-coherence and Error Correction, Real-World Importance and Future Potential
Unit - V Applications, Use Cases, and the Quantum Future
Real-world application domains: Healthcare (drug discovery),Material science, Logistics and optimization,
Quantum sensing and precision timing, Industrial case studies: IBM, Google, Microsoft, Psi Quantum, Ethical,
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

societal, and policy considerations, Challenges to adoption: cost, skills, standardization, Emerging careers in
quantum: roles, skill sets, and preparation pathways, Educational and research landscape – India's opportunity in
the global quantum race.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Michael A. Nielsen, Isaac L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge
University Press, 10th Anniversary Edition, 2010.
2. Eleanor Rieffel and Wolfgang Polak, Quantum Computing: A Gentle Introduction, MIT Press, 2011.
3. Chris Bernhardt, Quantum Computing for Everyone, MIT Press, 2019.
Reference Books:
1. David McMahon, Quantum Computing Explained, Wiley, 2008.
2. Phillip Kaye, Raymond Laflamme, Michele Mosca, An Introduction to Quantum Computing, Oxford
University Press, 2007.
3. Scott Aaronson, Quantum Computing Since Democritus, Cambridge University Press, 2013.
4. Alastair I.M. Rae, Quantum Physics: A Beginner's Guide, Oneworld Publications, Revised Edition,
2005.
5. Eleanor G. Rieffel, Wolfgang H. Polak, Quantum Computing: A Gentle Introduction, MIT Press,
2011.
6. Leonard Susskind, Art Friedman, Quantum Mechanics: The Theoretical Minimum, Basic Books,
2014.
7. Bruce Rosenblum, Fred Kuttner, Quantum Enigma: Physics Encounters Consciousness, Oxford
University Press, 2nd Edition, 2011.
8. GiulianoBenenti, GiulioCasati, GiulianoStrini, Principles of Quantum Computation and Information,
Volume I: Basic Concepts, World Scientific Publishing, 2004.
9. K.B. Whaley et al., Quantum Technologies and Industrial Applications: European Roadmap and
Strategy Document, Quantum Flagship, European Commission, 2020.
10. Department of Science & Technology (DST), Government of India, National Mission on Quantum
Technologies & Applications – Official Reports and Whitepapers, MeitY/DST Publications, 2020
onward.
Online Learning Resources:
 IBM Quantum Experience and Qiskit Tutorials
 Coursera – Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Computation by UC Berkeley
 edX – The Quantum Internet and Quantum Computers
 YouTube – Quantum Computing for the Determined by Michael Nielsen
 Qiskit Textbook – IBM Quantum
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
TOOL DESIGN L T P C
23AME13a (Professional Elective Course-I) 3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Understand the fundamentals of tool engineering and the role of tool design in manufacturing.
 Analyze the principles of metal cutting and apply them to cutting tool design.
 Design various jigs and fixtures using proper locating and clamping principles.
 Evaluate and design different types of press tool dies for sheet metal operations.
 Develop tooling and fixture strategies suitable for CNC machining systems.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Understand tool design fundamentals, select appropriate materials, and design effective tools to develop
durable, precise tools for various manufacturing applications. (L2,L3,L6)
CO2: Define Oblique and orthogonal cutting , Apply the mechanics of metal cutting to design basic cutting tools
like single-point, milling, and broaching tools. (L1,L3,L6)
CO3: Demonstrate basic principles of drill jigs and various fixtures and design the jigs and fixtures by
applying principles of location and clamping. (L2,L3,L6)
CO4: Calculate clearance, cutting forces, and develop designs for press tool dies (blanking, piercing,
bending, and drawing. (L2,L4,L6)
CO5: Evaluate and Develop tool holding, fixture systems, and automation features like ATC for CNC
machine tools.(L1,L5, L6)
Unit - I INTRODUCTION TO TOOL DESIGN
Introduction –Tool Engineering – Tool Classifications– Tool Design Objectives – Tool Design in
manufacturing- Challenges and requirements- Standards in tool design-Tool drawings -Surface finish –
Fits and Tolerances - Tooling Materials- Ferrous and Non ferrous Tooling Materials- Carbides,
Ceramics and Diamond -Non metallic tool materials-Designing with relation to heat treatment.
Unit - II DESIGN OF CUTTING TOOLS
Mechanics of Metal cutting –Oblique and orthogonal cutting- Chip formation and shear angle - Single-
point cutting tools – Milling cutters – Hole making cutting tools- Broaching Tools - Design of Form
relieved and profile relieved cutters-Design of gear and thread milling cutters.
Unit - III DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES
Introduction – Fixed Gages – Gage Tolerances –selection of material for Gauges – Indicating Gages –
Automatic gages – Principles of location – Locating methods and devices – Principles of clamping –
Drill jigs – General considerations in the design of drill jigs – Drill bushings – Methods of construction
–Types of Fixtures – Vice Fixtures – Milling Fixtures – Boring Fixtures – Broaching Fixtures.
Unit - IV DESIGN OF PRESS TOOL DIES
Types of Dies –Method of Die operation–Clearance and cutting force calculations- Blanking and
Piercing die design – Pilots – Strippers and pressure pads- Presswork materials – Centre of pressure -
Strip layout – Short- run tooling for Piercing – Bending dies – Drawing dies-Design and drafting.
Unit - V TOOL DESIGN FOR CNC MACHINE TOOLS
Introduction –Tooling requirements for Numerical control systems – Fixture design for CNC
machine tools- Sub plate and tombstone fixtures-Universal fixtures– Cutting tools– Tool holding
methods– Automatic tool changers and tool positioners – Tool presetting– General explanation of
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

the Brown and Sharp machine.

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Cyrll Donaldson, George [Link], V.C. Goold, ―Tool Design‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2000.
2. [Link],‖ Jig and Fixture Design‖, Thomson Asia Pvt Ltd, Singapore, 2004.
3. Principles of Machine Tools by A. Bhattacharyya, New Central Book Agency; 2nd edition, 2009
4. Press Tools Design and Construction, by Joshi P.H., S Chand & Company, 23e, 2017
5. Machine Tools Handbook: Design and Operation, by Prakash Hiralal Joshi, McGraw-Hill,1e, 2007
Reference Books:
1. [Link], A Text book of Production Engineering, [Link] Publications, 1999.
2. Prakash Hiralal Joshi, ―Tooling data‖, Wheeler Publishing, 2000
3. Venkataraman K., ―Design of Jigs, Fixtures and Presstools‖, TMH, 2005.
4. Haslehurst M., ―Manufacturing Technology‖, The ELBS, 1978.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING L T P C
23AME13b (Professional Elective Course -I)
3 0 0 3
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are to
 Impart the knowledge on I C Engine, Automobile chassis and Body
 Demonstrate fuel systems and types of ignitions systems.
 Explain the Principles of Steering system and Suspension system.
 Gain knowledge wheels, Tyres and Braking system.
 Make the students with the awareness on Automobile electrical system.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
Find the different parts and develop the automobile systems to analyze engine
components L1, L3,L4
CO1
Identify the working of various parts in ignition system to apply the different vehicles and
CO2 design the ignition and fuel injection systems. L3, L4,L6
Demonstrate how the steering and the suspension systems works, types of steering and
CO3 suspension systems and its applications. L2,L3,L5
Recognize the different types of wheels and breaking systems. Choose the suitable tyres
CO4 and brakes for different applications. L2, L3,L4
Utilize different electrical systems in automobiles. Apply advanced electrical
CO5 Circuits. Create advanced Global Positioning System (GPS), Hybrid vehicle, Fuel Cell. L1, L3,L6

Unit - I : Introduction to vehicle structure and engine components

Vehicle construction - Chassis and body - Specifications - Engine - Types - Construction - Location of
engine - Cylinder arrangement - Construction details - Cylinder block - Cylinder head - Cylinder liners -
Piston – piston rings - Piston pin - Connecting rod - Crankshaft - Valves. Lubrication system - Types - Oil
pumps - Filters. Crankcase ventilation.
Unit - II : Ignition and fuel supply systems
Ignition system - Coil and Magneto - Spark plug - Distributor – Electronic ignition system - Fuel system -
Carburettor - Fuel pumps - Fuel injection systems - Mono point and Multi point – Unit Injector – Nozzle
types - Electronic Fuel Injection system (EFI) – GDI, MPFI, DTSI.
Unit - III : Steering and suspension system
Principle of steering - Steering Geometry and wheel alignment - Steering linkages – Steering gearboxes -
Power steering - front axle - Suspension system - Independent and Solid axle – coil, leaf spring and air
suspensions - torsion bar - shock absorbers.
Unit - IV : Wheels, Tyres and Braking System
Wheels and Tyres - Construction - Type and specification - Tyre wear and causes - Brakes - Needs –
Classification –Drum and Disc Mechanical - Hydraulic and pneumatic - Vacuum assist – Retarders –
Anti-lock Braking System(ABS).
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - V : Automobile electrical systems and advances in automobile engineering

Battery-General electrical circuits- Active Suspension System (ASS) - Electronic Brake Distribution
(EBD) – Electronic Stability Program(ESP), Traction Control System (TCS) - Global Positioning System
(GPS), Hybrid vehicle, Fuel Cell
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol.1&2, Standard Publications, 13/e, 2020.
2. [Link], Automotive Mechanics, 10/e , McGraw-Hill, 2006.
3. David A. Corolla, Automotive Engineering: Powertrain, Chassis System and Vehicle Body,
Butterworth-Heinemann Publishing Ltd, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Bosch, Automotive Hand Book, 6/e, SAE Publications, 2007.
2. K. Newton and W. Steeds, The motor vehicle, 13/e, Butterworth-Heinemann Publishing Ltd, 1989.
3. Joseph Heitner, Automotive Mechanics Principles and Practices, 2/e, CBS publishing 2004.
4. Richard Stone, Jeffrey K. Ball, Automotive Engineering Fundamentals" SAE International, 2004.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS L T P C
23AME13c (Professional Elective Course -I) 3 0 0 3
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are to
 Explain the structure of material over the effects of mechanical properties.
 Familiarize the defects inside the structure and their effects on the mechanical
properties.
 Train the methods for characterization of the mechanical behavior of materials.
 Impart knowledge about strengthening mechanisms of materials.
 Teach mechanisms of failures of materials (fracture, fatigue and creep) and their

relationship with the different types of stress.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to
Dictate the elastic behaviour of engineering materials, recall Hooke‘s law and apply L1,
CO1 the dislocation theory, forces on and between dislocations. L2,L3
CO2 Apply dispersion strengthening and fibre strengthening mechanisms, differentiate
L3,
strain aging and dynamic strain aging and create grain size strengthening and solid
L4,L6
solution strengthening
CO3 List various modes of fracture and clarify the basic mechanism of ductile and brittle L1,L2,
fracture, Identify importance of Griffith‘s theory. Calculate factors effecting on DBTT. L3,L6
CO4
Explain fatigue behaviour and testing. Discuss the factors affecting fatigue. Apply L2,
fracture mechanics in design. L3,L6
CO5 Identify and describe various structural changes during creep. Evaluate and predict L2,
the metallurgical factors affecting creep and creep different testing. L4,L5,
Unit - I : Elastic and plastic behavior:

Elastic behaviour of materials – Hooke‘s law, plastic behaviour: dislocation theory – Burger‘s vectors and
dislocation loops, dislocations in FCC, HCP and BCC lattice, stress fields and energies of dislocations, forces on
and between dislocations, slip and twinning.

Unit - II : Strengthening mechanisms:

Cold Working, Grain Size Strengthening, Solid Solution Strengthening, Martensitic Strengthening, Precipitation
Strengthening, Dispersion Strengthening, Fibre Strengthening, Examples. Yield Point Phenomenon, Strain aging and
Dynamic strain aging.

Unit - III : Fracture and fracture mechanics:

Types of Fracture, Basic Mechanism of Ductile and Brittle Fracture, Griffith‘s Theory of Brittle Fracture, Ductile to
Brittle Transition Temperature (DBTT), Factors Affecting DBTT, Determination of DBTT. Fracture Mechanics-
Introduction, Modes of Fracture, Stress Intensity Factor, Strain Energy Release Rate, Fracture Toughness and
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Determination of KIC.

Unit - IV : Fatigue behaviour and testing:

Stress Cycles, S-N Curves, Effect of Mean Stress, Factors Affecting Fatigue, Structural Changes Accompanying
Fatigue, Cumulative Damage, HCF / LCF, Thermo-mechanical Fatigue, Application of Fracture Mechanics to
Fatigue Crack Propagation-Paris law- Fatigue Testing Machines.

Unit - V : Creep behavior and testing:

Creep Curve, Stages in Creep Curve and Explanation, Structural Changes during Creep, Creep Mechanisms,
Metallurgical Factors Affecting Creep, High Temperature Alloys, Stress Rupture Testing, Creep Testing Machines.

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Dieter, G.E., ―Mechanical Metallurgy‖, McGraw-Hill, SI Edition, 1995.
2. Davis. H. E., Troxell G.E., Hauck.G. E. W., ―The Testing Of Engineering Materials‖, McGraw-Hill, 1982.
Reference Books:
1. Wulff, The Structure and Properties of Materials, Vol. III ―Mechanical Behavior of Materials‖, John Wiley and
Sons, 1983.
2. Honey Combe R. W. K., ―Plastic Deformation of Materials‖, Edward Arnold Publishers, 1984.
3. Suryanarayana, A. V. K., ―Testing of Metallic Materials‖, Prentice Hall India, 1979.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
WORK STUDY AND ERGONOMICS L T P C
23AME13d (Professional Elective Course -I). 3 0 0 3
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are

 To develop concepts related to principles of productivity & work study as a tool for increasing
the efficiency and effectiveness in organizational systems.
 To study the existing method, compare and propose a new method.
 To provide the usage of the various tools and techniques used in work measurement.
 To develop basic ideas of ergonomics and its design.
 To develop concepts related Man-Machine Interfaces and Design of Displays and controls.


Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

Recollect the basic concepts of productivity, work content and work study and define the L1, L2
CO1
objective and scope of Work Study.
CO2
Define the various charts and to construct the charts on the basis of present method and L1, L3
develop a new / proposed method and identify the unnecessary movements. L4
CO3
Explain the basic work measurement techniques and to gain knowledge of measurement L1, L2
of work, rating and imbibe the concept of allowance in estimating Standard Time
CO4 Determine the basic concepts of Ergonomics and demonstrate a sound L2, L3
knowledge of Ergonomics in engineering applications.
CO5 Demonstrate a sound knowledge of Man-Machine Interfaces and design of displays and L3, L4
controls in engineering systems
Unit - I : Productivity and Work Study
Definition of productivity, task of management, productivity of materials, land, building, machine and power, factors
affecting the productivity, work content, basic work content, excess work content, how manufacturing job is made
up, work content due to excess product and process, ineffective time due to short comings on part of the
management. Definition, Objective and scope of Work Study: Work study and management, work study and work.
Unit - II : Method Study & Work sampling
Method Study: Definition, objective and scope of method study, activity recording and tools.
Recording tools: Out Line Process Chart, Flow Process Chart, Flow diagram, String Diagram, Travel Chart,
Multiple Activity Chart, Two- Handed process chart.
Principles of Motion Economy: Introduction, Classification of movements. Two- hand process chart, Micro motion
study, Therbligs, SIMO Chart.
Special Charts: Cycle graph and Chrono cycle graph - development, definition and installation of the improved
method. Work Measurement: Definition, objectives, work measurement techniques.
Work sampling – Need, confidence levels, and sample size determination, conducting study with problems.
Unit - III : Time study
Time study - Definition, time study equipment, selection of job, steps in time study. Breaking jobs into elements,
recording information. Rating: Systems of rating, standard rating, standard performance, scales of rating.
Allowances: Standard time determination, predetermined motion time study (PMTS), factors affecting rate of
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

working, problems on allowances.

Unit - IV : Introduction to Ergonomics, Physical & Cognitive Ergonomics

Introduction to Ergonomics: Human factors and ergonomics, psychology, engineering, bio mechanics, industrial
design, graphics design, statistics, operation research and anthropometry Morphology of design and its relationship
with cognitive abilities of human being.
Physical Ergonomics: human anatomy, and some of the anthropometric, physiological and bio mechanical
characteristics as they relate to physical activity.
Cognitive: mental processes, such as perception, memory, reasoning, and motor response, mental workload, and
decision-making.
Unit - V : Man-Machine Interaction
Man-Machine Interaction; Man-Machine interaction cycle, Man-machine interfaces, Displays factors that control
choice of display, visual displays- qualitative displays; moving pointer displays, moving scale displays, digital
displays Indicators, auditory displays, tactile displays. Factors affecting effectiveness of displays. Quantitative
displays, check- reading displays, representational displays. Types of controls and their integration with displays.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Work Study – ILO, 4th edition 1992
2. Mark. S. Sanders and Ernest. J Mc Cornick. ―Human Factor in Engineering and Design‖, McGraw-
Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, 1993
Reference Books:
1. S. Dalela and Sourabh, ―Work Study and Ergonomics‖. Standard publishers 2013
2. Wesley Woodson, Peggy Tillman and Barry Tillman, ―Human Factors Design Handbook‖,
McGraw-Hill; 2ndedition, 1992
3. Ralph M. Barnes, ―Motion and Time Study‖, Wiley International, 7th Edition.
4. Mark S. Sanders and Ernest J. McCormick , ―Human Factors in Engineering Design‖ 4th edition,
2013.
5. B. Niebel and Freivalds, Niebel‘s Methods Standards and Work Design, McGraw-Hill, 12th
Edition, 2009,
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
NANO TECHNOLOGY L T P C
23AME13e (Professional Elective Course -I). 3 0 0 3
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are to

 Understand the fundamentals of nano science and nanotechnology, including the history,
classification and analyze the structural aspects of nano materials.
 Knowledge of the synthesis and fabrication techniques used in nano science, and methods for
realizing semiconductor nanostructures.
 Advanced characterization techniques used for analyzing the structural, morphological, and
electronic properties of nano materials.
 Explore carbon nano materials properties and wide-ranging applications.
 Familiarize with the diverse applications of nanotechnology, with emphasis on nano structured

thin films and quantum dots.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

Define and classify nano materials. Explain the historical development and scope of L1, L2,
CO1
Nano science, and nanotechnology. Analyze the band structure and electronic behavior L4
of nano materials.
CO2
Explain the synthesis processes for bulk polycrystalline and single crystal materials. L2,L3,L5
Differentiate between bottom-up and top-down fabrication approaches. Identify and
select the requirements for semiconductor nanostructure fabrication and techniques
CO3
Understand and explain the principles and applications of X-ray diffraction (XRD). L2, L3,
Analyze optical properties of nano materials. Evaluate appropriate Characterization L4,L5
technique.
CO4 Discuss and Characterize various carbon nano materials and its applications to analyze L2, L3,
the types, synthesis methods, and Evaluate the impact of carbon nano materials in L4, L5
emerging technologies.
CO5 Identify and describe major applications, evaluate the impact in energy Production, L1,
conversion, and environmental sustainability and analyze their applications and explore L2,L3,
interdisciplinary applications of nano materials. L4
Unit - I : INTRODUCTION & PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
INTRODUCTION: History of nano science, definition of nano meter, nano materials, nano technology.
Classification of nano materials. Crystal symmetries, crystal directions, crystal planes. Band structure.
PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS: Mechanical properties, electrical properties, dielectric properties, thermal
properties, magnetic properties, opto- electronic properties. Effect of size reduction on properties, electronic
structure of nano materials.
Unit - II : SYNTHESIS AND FABRICATION
SYNTHESIS AND FABRICATION: Synthesis of bulk polycrystalline samples, growth of single crystals.
Synthesis techniques for preparation of nano particle – Bottom Up Approach – sol gel synthesis, hydro thermal
growth, thin film growth, PVD and CVD; Top Down Approach – Ball milling, micro fabrication, lithography.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Requirements for realizing semiconductor nano structures, growth techniques for nano structures.
Unit - III : CHARECTERIZATION TECHNIQUES
CHARECTERIZATION TECHNIQUES: X-Ray diffraction and Scherrer method, scanning electron microscopy,
transmission electron microscopy, scanning probe microscopy, atomic force microscopy, piezo response
microscopy, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, XANES and XAFS, angle resolved photoemission spectroscopy,
diffuse reflectance spectra, photoluminescence spectra, Raman spectroscopy.
Unit - IV : CARBON NANO TECHNOLOGY:
CARBON NANO TECHNOLOGY:
Characterization of carbon allotropes, synthesis of diamond – nucleation of diamond, growth and morphology.
Applications of nano crystalline diamond films, grapheme, and applications of carbon nano tubes.
Unit - V : APPLICATIONS OF NANO TECHNOLOGY
APPLICATIONS OF NANO TECHNOLOGY:
Applications in material science, biology and medicine, surface science, energy and environment. Applications of
nano structured thin fins, applications of quantum dots.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Nano science and nano technology / M.S Ramachandra Rao, Shubra Singh/Wiley publishers.
2. Introduction to Nanotechnology by Risal Singh, Shipra Mital Gupta, Oxford Higher Education, First Publication
2016.
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Nano Technology /Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank [Link]/Wiley , 2003 publishers.
2. Nanotechnology /Jermy J Ramsden/Elsevier publishers (2015)
3. Nano Materials/[Link]/ New Age Nano The Essentials, [Link], McGrawHill, 2014
4. Nanotechnology the Science of Small / M.A Shah, K.A Shah/Wiley Publishers.,2e,2019
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
SUSTAINABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES L T P C
23AME14 (Open Elective Course -I). 3 0 0 3
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (Common to CE,EEE,ECE,CSE,& FT)
Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are
 To demonstrate the importance the impact of solar radiation, solar PV modules
 To understand the principles of storage in PV systems
 To discuss solar energy storage systems and their applications.
 To get knowledge in wind energy and bio-mass

 To gain insights in geothermal energy, ocean energy and fuel cells.
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1 Illustrate the importance of solar radiation and solar PV modules. L1, L2
CO2 Discuss the storage methods in PV systems L2,L3
CO3 Explain the solar energy storage for different applications L2,L3
CO4 Understand the principles of wind energy, and bio-mass energy. L2, L3
CO5 Attain knowledge in geothermal energy, ocean energy and fuel cells. L1, L2,L3, L4

Unit - I : INTRODUCTION TO SOLAR ENERGY, PV MODULES AND PV SYSTEMS

INTRODUCTION TO SOLAR ENERGY: Role and potential of new and renewable sources., the solar energy
option, Environmental impact of solar power, structure of the sun, the solar constant, extraterrestrial and terrestrial
solar radiation, solar radiation on titled surface, instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine.
SOLAR PV MODULES AND PV SYSTEMS: PV Module Circuit, Module Structure, Lifetime of PV Modules,
Degradation and Failure, PV Module Parameters, Efficiency of PV Module, Solar PV Systems-Applications and
Maintenance.
Unit - II : STORAGE IN PV SYSTEMS
Battery Operation, Types of Batteries, Battery Parameters, Application and Selection of Batteries for Solar PV
System, Battery Maintenance and Measurements, Battery Installation for PV System.
Unit - III : SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION, STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS
SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of
concentrating collectors, orientation.
SOLAR ENERGY STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Different methods, sensible, latent heat and stratified
storage, solar ponds, solar applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, solar
cookers, central power tower concept and solar chimney.
Unit – IV: WIND ENERGY& OCEAN ENERGY
WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance
characteristics, betz criteria, types of winds, wind data measurement.
OCEAN ENERGY: Ocean Thermal Energy; Open Cycle & Closed Cycle OTEC Plants,
Environmental Impacts, Challenges.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - V : GEOTHERMAL ENERGY& FUEL CELLS

GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Origin, Applications, Types of Geothermal Resources, Relative Merits.
FUEL CELLS: Introduction, Applications, Classification, Different Types of Fuel Cells Such as Phosphoric
Acid Fuel Cell, Alkaline Fuel Cell, PEM Fuel Cell, MC Fuel Cell.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Solar Energy – Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage/Sukhatme S.P. and [Link]/TMH
2. Non-Conventional Energy Resources- Khan B.H/ Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006
Reference Books:
1. Principles of Solar Engineering - [Link] Goswami, Frank Krieth& John F Kreider / Taylor & Francis
2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /New Age International (P) Ltd
3. Renewable Energy Technologies -Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa
4. Non-conventional Energy Source- G.D Roy/Standard Publishers
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
r&index=1
 [Link]
r&index=18
 [Link]
r&index=20
 [Link]
r&index=24
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
MACHINE TOOLS & METROLOGY LAB L T P C
23AME11P (Skill Enhancement Course)
0 1 2 1.5
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are
 To understand the parts of various machine tools and about different shapes of products that can be
produced on them.
 To understand basic operations and its calibration tools & techniques on various machines.
 To measure bores, angles and tapers
 To perform alignment tests on various machines
Course Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will be able To
CO-1: Gain knowledge about the parts of various machine tools and about different shapes of products that can
be produced on them.
CO-2: Learn about various operations performed and calibration tools & techniques on various machines.
CO-3: Learn measure bores, angles and tapers
CO-4: Calculate the efficiencies and performance characteristics of the engines.
Note: The students have to conduct at least 6 experiments from each lab
List of Experiments:
(A) MACHINE TOOLS LAB
1. Introduction of general purpose machines -Lathe, Drilling machine, Milling machine, Shaper,
Planing machine, Slotting machine, Cylindrical grinder, Surface grinder and Tool and cutter
grinder.
2. Operations on Lathe machines- Step turning, Knurling, Taper turning, Thread cutting
and Drilling
3. Operations on Drilling machine - Drilling, reaming, tapping, Rectangular drilling,
circumferential drilling
4. Operations on Shaping machine - (i) Round to square (ii) Round to Hexagonal
5. Operations on Slotter - (i) Keyway (T –slot) (ii) Keyway cutting
6. Operations on milling machines - (i) Indexing (ii) Gear manufacturing
(B) METROLOGY LAB
1. Calibrations of Vernier callipers, micrometers, Vernier height gauge and dial gauges.
2. Measurement of bores by internal micrometers and dial bore indicators.
3. Use of gear tooth Vernier calliper for tooth thickness inspection and flange micrometer for
checking the chordal thickness of spur gear.
4. Machine tool alignment test on the lathe.
5. Machine tool alignment test on drilling machine.
6. Machine tool alignment test on milling machine.
7. Angle and taper measurements with bevel protractor, Sine bar, rollers and balls.
8. Use of spirit level in finding the straightness of a bed and flatness of a surface.
9. Thread inspection with two wire/ three wire method & tool makers microscope.
[Link] roughness measurement with roughness measuring instrument.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
Lz4sESSg
2. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
23AME12P THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB
0 0 3 1.5
Semester III Year [Link]. – I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are
 To impart knowledge on working principles of various thermal equipments like compressors, IC Engines
etc.,
 To study the working principle of IC engines, performance and characteristics in terms of heat balancing,
economical speed variations, air fuel ratio etc.,
Course Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will be able To
CO-1: Performance Test on 4-Stroke Diesel and 2-Stroke Petrol engine.
CO-2: Evaluate the Engine friction of 4-Stroke Multi cylinder Engine and Air/Fuel ratio and Volumetric
efficiency of I.C. Engines.
CO-3: Calculate the heat balance of the IC Engines.
CO-4: Calculate the efficiencies and performance characteristics of the engines.
CO-5: Study the boilers and identify parts of the engine parts.
List of Experiments:
1. Valve / Port Timing Diagrams of an I.C. Engines
2. Performance Test on a 4 -Stroke Diesel Engines
3. Performance Test on 2-Stroke Petrol engine
4. Evaluation of Engine friction by conducting Morse test on 4-Stroke Multi cylinder Engine
5. Retardation and motoring test on 4- stroke engine
6. Heat Balance of an I.C. Engine.
7. Air/Fuel Ratio and Volumetric Efficiency of an I.C. Engines.
8. Performance Test on Variable Compression Ratio Engines, economical speed test.
9. Performance Test on Reciprocating Air – Compressor Unit
10. Dismantling / Assembly of Engines to identify the parts and their position in an engine.
11. Exhaust Emission test on IC Engines.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
GVyaW1lbnRz
2. [Link]
VyaW1lbnRz
3. [Link]
CC
4. [Link]
W50cw%3D%3D
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
DYNAMICS LAB
23AME15
0 0 3 1.5
Semester III B. Tech I Sem (ME)
Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To supplement the principles learnt in kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery.
 To understand how certain measuring devices are used for dynamic testing.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Ability to demonstrate the principles of kinematics and dynamics of machinery
CO2: Determine the Mass moment of inertia, Range sensitivity.
CO3: Drawing of Cam profile, determination of torsional, un damped and damped natural frequencies.
CO4: Determining of influence of coefficient and balancing of rotating, reciprocating masses.
CO5: Verify the laws of springs and forced vibration of cantilever beam.
List of Experiments:
1. Kinematics of Four Bar, Slider Crank, Crank Rocker, Double crank, Double rocker, Oscillating
cylinder Mechanisms.
2. Determination of Mass moment of inertia of Fly wheel and Axle system.
3. Determination of range sensitivity, effort etc., for Watts, Porter, Proell, and Hartnell Governors.
4. Cams – Cam profile drawing, Motion curves and study of jump phenomenon.
5. Determination of torsional natural frequency of single Rotor systems. Un damped and Damped Natural
frequencies.
6. Determination of torsional natural frequency of Double Rotor systems. Un damped and Damped Natural
frequencies.
7. Multi degree freedom suspension system – Determination of influence coefficient.
8. Determination of torsional natural frequency of single and Double Rotor systems.- Un damped and
Damped Natural frequencies.
9. Balancing of rotating masses.
10. Balancing of reciprocating masses.
11. Determination of natural Frequency and verification of Laws of springs
12. Forced Vibration of Cantilever beam – Mode shapes and natural frequencies.
13. Determination of gyroscopic effect and couple.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
TINKERING LAB
23AME16
0 0 2 1
Semester III B. Tech I Semester (ME)
The aim of tinkering lab for engineering students is to provide a hands-on learning environment where students
can explore, experiment, and innovate by building and testing prototypes. These labs are designed to demonstrate
practical skills that complement theoretical knowledge.
Course Objectives:
 Encourage Innovation and Creativity
 Provide Hands-on Learning and Impart Skill Development
 Foster Collaboration and Teamwork
 Enable Interdisciplinary Learning, Prepare for Industry and Entrepreneurship
 Impart Problem-Solving mind-set
Course Outcomes (CO): By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Course Outcomes: The students will be able to experiment, innovate, and solve real-world challenges.
These labs bridge the gap between academia and industry, providing students with the practical experience.
Some students may also develop entrepreneurial skills, potentially leading to start-ups or innovation-driven
careers. Tinkering labs aim to cultivate the next generation of engineers by giving them the tools, space, and mind-
set to experiment, innovate, and solve real-world challenges.
List of experiments:
1) Make your own parallel and series circuits using breadboard for any application of your choice.
2) Demonstrate a traffic light circuit using breadboard.
3) Build and demonstrate automatic Street Light using LDR.
4) Simulate the Arduino LED blinking activity in Tinkercad.
5) Build and demonstrate an Arduino LED blinking activity using Arduino IDE.
6) Interfacing IR Sensor and Servo Motor with Arduino.
7) Blink LED using ESP32.
8) LDR Interfacing with ESP32.
9) Control an LED using Mobile App.
10) Design and 3D print a Walking Robot
11) Design and 3D Print a Rocket.
12) Build a live soil moisture monitoring project, and monitor soil moisture levels of a remote plan in your
computer dashboard.
13) Demonstrate all the steps in design thinking to redesign a motor bike.
Learning Resources:
1) [Link]
2) [Link]
3) [Link]
4) [Link]
5) [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT L T P C

23AME17 (Experiential learning through community engagement)
0 0 0 2
Semester III B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Introduction:
Community Service Project is an experiential learning strategy that integrates meaningful community service with
instruction, participation, learning and community development
Community Service Project involves students in community development and service activities and applies the
experience to personal and academic development.
Community Service Project is meant to link the community with the college for mutual benefit. The community
will be benefited with the focused contribution of the college students for the village/ local development. The
college finds an opportunity to develop social sensibility and responsibility among students and also emerge as a
socially responsible institution.
Course Objectives:
Community Service Project should be an integral part of the curriculum, as an alternative to the 2 months of
Summer Internships / Apprenticeships / On the Job Training, whenever there is an exigency when students cannot
pursue their summer internships. The specific objectives are;
 To sensitize the students to the living conditions of the people who are around them,
 To help students to realize the stark realities of the society.
 To bring about an attitudinal change in the students and help them to develop societal consciousness,
sensibility, responsibility and accountability
 To make students aware of their inner strength and help them to find new /out of box solutions to the
social problems.
 To make students socially responsible citizens who are sensitive to the needs of the disadvantaged
sections.
 To help students to initiate developmental activities in the community in coordination with public and
government authorities.
 To develop a holistic life perspective among the students by making them study culture, traditions, habits,
lifestyles, resource utilization, wastages and its management, social problems, public administration
system and the roles and responsibilities of different persons across different social systems.
Implementation of Community Service Project
 Every student should put in a 6 weeks for the Community Service Project during the summer vacation.
 Each class/section should be assigned with a mentor.
 Specific Departments could concentrate on their major areas of concern. For example, Dept. of Computer
Science can take up activities related to Computer Literacy to different sections of people like - youth, women,
house-wives, etc
 A log book has to be maintained by each of the student, where the activities undertaken/involved to be
recorded.
 The logbook has to be countersigned by the concerned mentor/faculty incharge.
 Evaluation to be done based on the active participation of the student and grade could be awarded by
the mentor/faculty member.
 The final evaluation to be reflected in the grade memo of the student.
 The Community Service Project should be different from the regular programmes of
NSS/NCC/Green Corps/Red Ribbon Club, etc.
 Minor project report should be submitted by each student. An internal Viva shall also be conducted
by a committee constituted by the principal of the college.
 Award of marks shall be made as per the guidelines of Internship/apprentice/ on the job training
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Procedure:
A group of students or even a single student could be assigned for a particular habitation or village or municipal
ward, as far as possible, in the near vicinity of their place of stay, so as to enable them to commute from their
residence and return back by evening or so.
The Community Service Project is a twofold one –
First, the student/s could conduct a survey of the habitation, if necessary, in terms of their own domain or subject
area. Or it can even be a general survey, incorporating all the different areas. A common survey format could be
designed. This should not be viewed as a duplication of work by the Village or Ward volunteers, rather, it could
be another primary source of data.
Secondly, the student/s could take up a social activity, concerning their domain or subject area. The different
areas, could be like.
 Agriculture
 Health
 Marketing and Cooperation
 Animal Husbandry
 Horticulture
 Fisheries
 Sericulture
 Revenue and Survey
 Natural Disaster Management
 Irrigation
 Law & Order
 Excise and Prohibition
 Mines and Geology
 Energy
 Internet
 Free Electricity
 Drinking Water
EXPECTED OUTCOMES
BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO STUDENTS
Learning Outcomes
 Positive impact on students‘ academic learning
 Improves students‘ ability to apply what they have learned in ―the real world‖
 Positive impact on academic outcomes such as demonstrated complexity of understanding, problem
analysis, problem-solving, critical thinking, and cognitive development
 Improved ability to understand complexity and ambiguity
Personal Outcomes
 Greater sense of personal efficacy, personal identity, spiritual growth, and moral development
 Greater interpersonal development, particularly the ability to work well with others, and build leadership
and communication skills
Social Outcomes
 Reduced stereotypes and greater inter-cultural understanding
 Improved social responsibility and citizenship skills
 Greater involvement in community service after graduation
Career Development
 Connections with professionals and community members for learning and career
opportunities
 Greater academic learning, leadership skills, and personal efficacy can lead to greater
opportunity
Relationship with the Institution
 Stronger relationships with faculty
 Greater satisfaction with college
 Improved graduation rates
BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO FACULTY MEMBERS
 Satisfaction with the quality of student learning
 New avenues for research and publication via new relationships between faculty and
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

community
 Providing networking opportunities with engaged faculty in other disciplines or institutions
 A stronger commitment to one‘s research
BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
 Improved institutional commitment
 Improved student retention
Enhanced community relations
BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO COMMUNITY
 Satisfaction with student participation
 Valuable human resources needed to achieve community goals
 New energy, enthusiasm and perspectives applied to community work
 Enhanced community-university relations.
SUGGESTIVE LIST OF PROGRAMMES UNDER COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT
The following the recommended list of projects for Engineering students. The lists are not exhaustive and open for
additions, deletions and modifications. Colleges are expected to focus on specific local issues for this kind of
projects. The students are expected to carry out these projects with involvement, commitment, responsibility and
accountability. The mentors of a group of students should take the responsibility of motivating, facilitating, and
guiding the students. They have to interact with local leadership and people and appraise the objectives and
benefits of this kind of projects. The project reports shall be placed in the college website for reference.
Systematic, Factual, methodical and honest reporting shall be ensured.
For Engineering Students
1. Water facilities and drinking water availability
2. Health and hygiene
3. Stress levels and coping mechanisms
4. Health intervention programmes
5. Horticulture
6. Herbal plants
7. Botanical survey
8. Zoological survey
9. Marine products
10. Aqua culture
11. Inland fisheries
12. Animals and species
13. Nutrition
14. Traditional health care methods
15. Food habits
16. Air pollution
17. Water pollution
18. Plantation
19. Soil protection
20. Renewable energy
21. Plant diseases
22. Yoga awareness and practice
23. Health care awareness programmes and their impact
24. Use of chemicals on fruits and vegetables
25. Organic farming
26. Crop rotation
27. Floury culture
28. Access to safe drinking water
29. Geographical survey
30. Geological survey
31. Sericulture
32. Study of species
33. Food adulteration
34. Incidence of Diabetes and other chronic diseases
35. Human genetics
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

36. Blood groups and blood levels

37. Internet Usage in Villages
38. Android Phone usage by different people
39. Utilisation of free electricity to farmers and related issues
40. Gender ration in schooling level- observation.

Complimenting the community service project the students may be involved to take up some awareness
campaigns on social issues/special groups. The suggested list of programmes are;

Programmes for School Children

1. Reading Skill Programme (Reading Competition)
2. Preparation of Study Materials for the next class.
3. Personality / Leadership Development
4. Career Guidance for X class students
5. Screening Documentary and other educational films
6. Awareness Programme on Good Touch and Bad Touch (Sexual abuse)
7. Awareness Programme on Socially relevant themes.
Programmes for Women Empowerment
1. Government Guidelines and Policy Guidelines
2. Womens‘ Rights
3. Domestic Violence
4. Prevention and Control of Cancer
5. Promotion of Social Entrepreneurship
General Camps
1. General Medical camps
2. Eye Camps
3. Dental Camps
4. Importance of protected drinking water
5. ODF awareness camp
6. Swatch Bharath
7. AIDS awareness camp
8. Anti Plastic Awareness
9. Programmes on Environment
10. Health and Hygiene
11. Hand wash programmes
12. Commemoration and Celebration of important days
Programmes for Youth Empowerment
1. Leadership
2. Anti-alcoholism and Drug addiction
3. Anti-tobacco
4. Awareness on Competitive Examinations
5. Personality Development

Common Programmes
1. Awareness on RTI
2. Health intervention programmes
3. Yoga
4. Tree plantation
Programmes in consonance with the Govt. Departments like –
1. Agriculture
2. Health
3. Marketing and Cooperation
4. Animal Husbandry
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

5. Horticulture
6. Fisheries
7. Sericulture
8. Revenue and Survey
9. Natural Disaster Management
10. Irrigation
11. Law & Order
12. Excise and Prohibition
13. Mines and Geology
14. Energy
Role of Students:
 Students may not have the expertise to conduct all the programmes on their own.
 The students then can play a facilitator role.
 For conducting special camps like Health related, they will be coordinating with the Governmental
agencies.
 As and when required the College faculty themselves act as Resource Persons.
 Students can work in close association with Non-Governmental Organizations like Lions Club, Rotary
Club, etc or with any NGO actively working in that habitation.
 And also with the Governmental Departments. If the programme is rolled out, the District Administration
could be roped in for the successful deployment of the programme.
 An in-house training and induction programme could be arranged for the faculty and participating
students, to expose them to the methodology of Service Learning.
Timeline for the Community Service Project Activity
DURATION: 8 WEEKS

Preliminary Survey (One Week)

A preliminary survey including the socio-economic conditions of the allotted habitation to be
conducted.
A survey form based on the type of habitation to be prepared before visiting the habitation with the
help of social sciences faculty. (However, a template could be designed for different habitations, rural/urban.
The Governmental agencies, like revenue administration, corporation and municipal authorities and
village secretariats could be aligned for the survey.
Community Awareness Campaigns (One Week)
Based on the survey and the specific requirements of the habitation, different awareness campaigns
and programmes to be conducted, spread over two weeks of time. The list of activities suggested could be taken
into consideration.
Community Immersion Programme (Three Weeks)
Along with the Community Awareness Programmes, the student batch can also work with any one of the
below listed governmental agencies and work in tandem with them. This community involvement programme
will involve the students in exposing themselves to the experiential learning about the community and its
dynamics. Programmes could be in consonance with the Govt. Departments.

Community Exit Report (One Week)

During the last week of the Community Service Project, a detailed report of the outcome of the 8
weeks work to be drafted and a copy shall be submitted to the local administration. This report will be a basis for
the next batch of students visiting that particular habitation. The same report submitted to the teacher-mentor will
be evaluated by the mentor and suitable marks are awarded for onward submission to the University.

Throughout the Community Service Project, a daily log-book need to be maintained by the students
batch, which should be countersigned by the governmental agency representative and the teacher-mentor, who is
required to periodically visit the students and guide them.
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Guidelines for Ensuring Transparency and Accountability in Evaluation of Community Service Projects and
Short-Term Internships
Preamble

The Government of Andhra Pradesh vide G.O. Ms. No. 46, dated: 22-12-2020, introduced 4-year degree
programme with mandatory 2 months of Community Service Project, 2 months of Short-term Internship and 6
month of full semester Internship/Apprenticeship/On the Job Training.

The AP State Council of Higher Education has issued guidelines for the conduct of the mandatory Community
Service Project and Internships. And the APSCHE has also circulated Model Program Books along with the
evaluation criteria for the same. The AP State Council of Higher Education is now bringing out the guidelines
for ensuring transparency and accountability in the conduct of the mandatory Community Service Projects and
Internships to realize the objectives of –

 Bringing about an attitudinal change in the students and help them to develop societal consciousness,
sensibility, responsibility, and accountability and make them socially responsible citizens.

 Integrating theory and practice: Making the students develop work habits and attitudes necessary for job
success along with acquiring additional skills required for the future world of work. It is obvious that unless
accountability and transparency are ensured in the entire gamut of these internships, students could not reap
the envisaged benefits. Hence the following guidelines are formulated by APSCHE for the effective
implementation of the curriculum by Universities and Colleges.

FOR COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT (CSP) Evaluation by the College o there shall only be internal
evaluation.
The assessment is to be conducted for 100 marks.
The weightings shall be:
 Activity Log- 20 marks
 Community Service Project Implementation- 30 marks
 Mini Project Work- 25 marks
 Oral Presentation -25 marks o Later the marks shall be converted into grades and grade points to include
finally in the SGPA and CGPA, by the Affiliating University.

Appreciation for Community Service Projects:

1. Colleges having less than 250 admitted strength shall submit the details of THREE best community service
project reports to the concerned university
2. Colleges having more than 250 admitted strength shall submit the details of the FIVE best community
service project reports to the concerned university.
3. Further, the universities must constitute a committee to select the best THREE community service project
reports from their university, in each academic year and communicate the same to APSCHE for State-Level
Appreciation Awards.
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

B. Tech III Year-II Semester

S.
Category Title L/D T P Credits
No.
1 23AME18T Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3
2 23AME19T CAD/CAM 3 0 0 3
3 23AME20 Design of Machine Members 3 0 0 3
Professional Elective Course-II
23AME21a 6. Engineering Fracture Mechanics
23AME21b 7. Introduction of Turbo Machinery
4 23AME21c 8. Control Systems 3 0 0 3
23AME21d 9. Operations Research
23AME21e 10. Smart Materials
Professional Elective Course-III
23AME22a 6. Applications of Computational Fluid dynamics
23AME22b 7. Industrial Safety
5 23AME22c 8. Design of Automobile Transmission Systems 3 0 0 3
23AME22d 9. Mechanics & Manufacturing of Composite
Materials
23AME22e 10. Introduction to hybrid and electric vehicles
Open Elective Course – II:
6 3 0 0 3
23AME23 Automation & Robotics
7 23AME18P Heat Transfer Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 23AME19P CAD/CAM Lab 0 0 3 1.5
23AME24 Skill Enhancement Course
9 0 1 2 2
3 D Printing Lab
Audit Course
2 0 0 -
Technical paper writing and IPR
23AME25 Workshop 0 0 0 0
Total 20 1 08 23
Mandatory Industry Internship of 6-8 weeks duration during summer vacation

S. No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the

Dept.
1 Disaster Management CIVIL
2 Sustainability In Engineering Practices
3 Renewable Energy Sources EEE
4 Digital Electronics ECE
5 Operating Systems CSE& Allied/IT
6 Introduction of Machine Learning
7 Optimization Techniques for Engineers Mathematics
8 Mathematical Foundation Of Quantum Technologies
9 Physics Of Electronic Materials And Devices Physics
10 Chemistry Of Polymers And Applications Chemistry
11 Academic Writing and Public Speaking Humanities
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
HEAT TRANSFER
23AME18T
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Understand the concept of heat transfer mechanisms, focusing on steady and unsteady state heat
conduction, include practical applications.
 Define fundamental principles and types of convective heat transfer, enabling to understand and apply
empirical correlations for analyzing heat transfer in both internal and external flows.
 Knowledge on the mechanisms and regimes of boiling and condensation, emphasizing the heat transfer
characteristics and practical implications of each.
 Design and analysis of various types of heat exchangers, including performance evaluation using LMTD
and NTU methods.
 Demonstrate the principles of thermal radiation and mass transfer, including fundamental laws, radiation
exchange, and diffusion mechanisms in gases and liquids.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

COURSE OUTCOMES On successful completion of this course the student will be able to

CO-1 Analyze and solve heat conduction problems in various systems, including steady L3,L5,L6
and transient conditions, using appropriate mathematical models and charts.
CO-2 Evaluate convective heat transfer in various systems by applying boundary layer
theory and empirical correlations for practical engineering problems. L2,L3,L5

CO-3 Analyze and distinguish between different boiling regimes and condensation modes,
and solve related heat transfer problems in engineering applications. L2,L4,L5

CO-4 Design and evaluation different heat exchanger configurations, by analyzing

appropriate methods. L4,L5,L6

CO-5 Apply radiation laws and mass transfer principles to analyze and solve problems
involving radiative heat exchange and diffusive transport in engineering systems. L3,L4,L5

UNIT - I INTRODUCTION &UNSTEADY STATE HEAT TRANSFER CONDUCTION

Introduction: Basic modes of heat transfer- rate equations- generalized heat conduction equation-various
forms - steady state heat conduction solution for plane and composite slabs - cylinders - critical thickness of
insulation- heat conduction through fins of uniform cross section- fin effectiveness and efficiency.
Unsteady State Heat Transfer Conduction- Transient heat conduction- lumped system analysis and use of
Heisler charts.
UNIT - II FREE CONVECTION
Convection: Basic concepts of convection–heat transfer coefficients - types of convection – forced
convection and free convection.
Free Convection: development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical plate –
use of empirical relations for convective heat transfer on plates and cylinders in horizontal and
vertical orientation
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

UNIT - III FORCED CONVECTION & BOILING AND CONDENSATION

Forced convection: In external flow–concepts of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer- use of
empirical correlations for flow over plates and cylinders. Fluid friction – heat transfer analogy,
approximate solution to laminar boundary layer equation for external flow. Internal flow – Use of
empirical relations for convective heat transfer in horizontal pipe flow-problems.
Boiling and Condensation: Different regimes of boiling- nucleate, transition and film boiling –
condensation – film wise and drop wise condensation-problems.
UNIT - IV HEAT EXCHANGERS
Types of heat exchangers- parallel flow- counter flow- cross flow heat exchangers- overall heat
transfer coefficient- LMTD and NTU methods- fouling in heat exchangers-problems. Data sheets of
Heat exchangers (Specifications), Heat exchangers tools like HDRA...etc.
Unit - V RADIATION & MASS TRANSFER
Radiation: Radiation heat transfer – thermal radiation – laws of radiation - Black and Gray bodies –
shape factor-radiation exchange between surfaces - Radiation shields - Greenhouse effect- simple
problems.
Mass Transfer: Conservation laws and constitutive equations - Fick's law of diffusion, isothermal
equi-mass – Equi molar diffusion- - diffusion of gases and liquids- mass transfer coefficient.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. P.K. Nag, Heat Transfer, 3/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.
2. [Link], Heat Transfer, 9/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
3. [Link], Fundamentals of Engineering Heat & Mass transfer, New Age International
Publishers, 2017
Reference Books:
1. F. P. Incropera and D.P. Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 6/e, John Wiley,
2007.
2. Cengel. [Link], Heat Transfer- A Practical Approach, 4/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. S.P. Sukhatme, A Text book of Heat Transfer, Universities Press, 2005.
4. S. C. Arora& S. Domkundwar , A Course in Heat and Mass Transfer, Dhan pat Rai & CO.(P)
LTD-Delhi , 2007.
5. C.P. Kothandaraman and S. Subramanyan, Heat and Mass Transfer data book, New Age
Publications, 2014.
6. [Link], A Text book of Heat & Mass Transfer, [Link] publishers,1/e,2018.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link] transfer-fall-
2015/
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
7. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
CAD/CAM
23AME19T
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Understand the basic of CAD/CAM. Explore graphics standards and analyze 2D and 3D geometric
transformations.
 Knowledge and skills to apply various geometric modeling techniques, as well as solid modeling approaches.
 Explain the principles of Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM), numerical control (NC), and the
unctionalities of CNC and DNC systems.
 Design and develop a part programming using G/M codes and APT for various machining operations.
 Explain the basics of automation systems, robotics, group technology, CIM, and emerging trends like
VR, AR, and AI.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to,
CO1: Apply and Evaluate the CAD/CAM principles to design and manufacturing processes. Create and manipulate
CAD models using appropriate software tools. (L3, L4,L5).
CO2: Analyze and differentiate between Hermite, Bezier, and B-spline curves and construct and manipulate
surface models. Evaluate the effectiveness of Boolean operations and create complex geometric models. (L2,
L3, L5, L6).
CO3: Identify and analyze key components of NC and CNC systems in manufacturing processes. Evaluate the
performance of DNC systems in a manufacturing environment (L1, L2, L3, L4, L5).
CO4: Explain the structure and functioning of NC/CNC/DNC machine tools and adaptive control systems.
Develop part programs using standard codes and APT for basic machining operations. (L2, L6).
CO5: Understand and evaluate the role of robotics, group technology, and CIM in modern manufacturing systems,
and explain emerging technologies like VR, AR, and AI. (L2, L5).
Unit - I OVERVIEW OF CAD/CAM & COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Overview of CAD/CAM: Product cycle, CAD, CAM and CIM. CAD Tools, CAM Tools, Utilization in
an Industrial Environment, Evaluation criteria. CAD data structure, Data base management systems.
Computer Graphics: Co-ordinate systems, Graphics package functions, 2D and 3D transformations,
clipping, hidden line / surface removal color, shading.
Unit - II GEOMETRIC MODELING:
Geometric Modeling: Representation techniques, Parametric and non-parametric representation,
various construction methods, wire frame modeling, synthetic curves and their representations, surface
modeling, synthetics surfaces and their representations. Solid modeling, solid representation,
fundamentals, introduction to boundary representations, constructive solid geometry representations
Unit - III NUMERICAL CONTROL & CNC PART PROGRAMMING
Numerical Control: NC, NC Modes, NC Elements, NC Machine tools and their structure, Machining
center, types and features. Controls in NC, CNC systems, DNC systems. Adaptive control machining
systems, types of adaptive control.
CNC Part Programming: Fundamentals, NC word, NC Nodes, canned cycles, cutter radius
compensation, length compensation, computed assisted part programming using APT: Geometry
statements, motion statements, post process statements, auxiliary statements, macro statement program
for simple components.
Unit - IV GROUP TECHNOLOGY & FMS & COMPUTER AIDED QUALITY CONTROL
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Group Technology & FMS: Part Family, Classification and Coding, advantages & limitations, Group
technology machine cells, benefits. FMS: Introduction, components of FMS, material handling systems,
Computer control systems, advantages.
Computer Aided Quality Control: Terminology in Quality control, Inspection and testing, Contact
inspection methods - optical and non-optical, integration of CAQC with CAD and CIM.
Unit - V
COMPUTER AIDED PROCESSES PLANNING &
COMPUTER INTEGRATED PRODUCTION PLANNING
Computer Aided Processes Planning: Retrieval type and Generative type, benefits Machinability data
systems, Computer generated time standards.
Computer Integrated Production Planning: Capacity planning, shop floor control, MRP-I, MRP- II,
CIMS benefits. Trends in manufacturing systems: Concepts of Reconfigurable manufacturing,
Sustainable manufacturing and lean manufacturing.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. 1. B Mikell P. Groover, Emory W. Zimmers , CAD/CAM, 5/e, Pearson Prentice Hall of India, Delhi, 2008.
2. Ibrahim Zeid, [Link] Subramanian, CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice, 2/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. 1 P. N. Rao, CAD/CAM: Principles and applications, 3/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi, 2017.
2. P. Radhakrishnan, S. Subramanyan & V. Raju, CAD/CAM/CIM, 3/e, New Age International Publishers, 2008.
3. Computer Aided Manufacturing, 3/e, Tien Chien Chang, Pearson, 2008.
Web Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS
23AME20
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Understanding of the mechanical engineering design process for static and dynamic loads under
various loading conditions.
 Explore the design principles and analysis of bolted and welded joints and butt welds under various loading
conditions.
 Study the design principles of power transmission shafts and couplings, focusing on the analysis of shafts
subjected loads, as well as the design of various types of couplings.
 Explain the design principles of friction clutches, brakes, and springs, design of different brakes, clutches,
helical and leaf springs under various loading conditions.
 Demonstrate the design principles of sliding and rolling contact bearings, gears, spur gears, beam strength,
and load considerations.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Apply design principles for components subjected to static and dynamic loads, analyze and
design for fatigue failure using relevant criteria (L3, L4, L6)
CO2: Design and analyze bolted and welded joints, considering factors such as different types of
loads, including eccentric loading scenarios.(L2,L4,L6)
CO3: Design power transmission shafts and couplings for fluctuating loads, and selecting
appropriate couplings such as flange, bushed pin, and universal couplings. (L4, L5, L6)
CO4: Design friction clutches, brakes, and springs, applying the various theories and analyze the
working for mechanical applications. (L2, L4, L6)
CO5: Design and analyze the sliding and rolling contact bearings, spur gears, considering beam
strength, dynamic, and wear load factors. (L3, L4, L6)
Unit - I INTRODUCTION & DESIGN FOR STATIC AND DYNAMIC LOADS
Mechanical Engineering Design: Design process, design considerations, codes and standards of designation of
materials, selection of materials.
Design for Static Loads: Modes of failure, design of components subjected to axial, bending, torsional and
impact loads. Theories of failure for static loads.
Design for Dynamic Loads: Endurance limit, fatigue strength under axial, bending and torsion, stress
concentration, notch sensitivity. Types of fluctuating loads, fatigue design for infinite life. Soderberg, Goodman
and modified Goodman criterion for fatigue failure. Fatigue design under combined stresses.

Unit - II DESIGN OF BOLTED AND WELDED JOINTS

Design of Bolted Joints: Threaded fasteners, preload of bolts, various stresses induced in the bolts. Torque
requirement for bolt tightening, gasketed joints and eccentrically loaded bolted joints.
Welded Joints: Strength of lap and butt welds, Joints subjected to bending and torsion. Eccentrically loaded
welded joints.
POWER TRANSMISSION SHAFTS, PULLEYS &COUPLINGS AND
Unit - III
FLEXIBLE ELEMENTS
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Power Transmission Shafts: Design of shafts subjected to bending, torsion and axial loading. Shafts
subjected to fluctuating loads using shock factors.
Pulleys & Couplings: Design of flange and bushed pin couplings, universal coupling.
Flexible Elements: Design of Chain drives, Rope drives and Belt drives.
Unit - IV SPRINGS
Springs: Design of helical compression, tension, torsion and leaf springs.

Unit - V DESIGN OF BEARINGS AND GEARS

Design of Sliding Contact Bearings: Lubrication modes, bearing modulus, McKee's equations, design of
journal bearing. Bearing Failures.
Design of Rolling Contact Bearings: Static and dynamic load capacity, Stribeck's Equation, equivalent
bearing load, load-life relationships, load factor, selection of bearings from manufacturer's catalogue.
Design of Gears: Spur gears, beam strength, Lewis equation, design for dynamic and wear loads. Introduction to
magnetic gears.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. R.L. Norton, Machine Design an Integrated approach, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2004.
2. [Link], Design of Machine Elements, 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. R.K. Jain, Machine Design, Khanna Publications, 1978.
2. J.E. Shigley, Mechanical Engineering Design, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 1986.
3. [Link] and [Link], Design of Machine Elements, 3/e, Prentice Hall (Pearson
Education), 2013.
4. K. Mahadevan &[Link] Reddy, Design data handbook, CBS Publications, 4/e, 2018.
5. Dr. N. C. Pandya &Dr. C. S. Shah, Machine design, 17/e, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2009
Web Resources:
1. [Link] name-design-of- machine-elements-1-
nptel
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

[Link]-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code
ENGINEERING FRACTURE MECHANICS L T P C
23AME21a (Professional Elective Course -II)
3 0 0 3
Semester II B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The students completing this course are expected
 Understanding of Engineering Fracture Mechanics (EFM principles and fatigue crack growth models,
with a focus on analyzing and preventing spectacular structural failures.
 Explore the principles of crack growth and fracture mechanisms, and their applications in material failure
analysis.
 Review the theory of elasticity and explore Westergaard‘s solution for stress and displacements in Mode I
fracture, along with the relationship between the stress intensity factor (K) and the energy release rate (G).
 Familiarize multi-parameter stress fields for Mode I, Mode II, and mixed-mode fractures, explore the
calculation of stress intensity factors (SIF) for various geometries.
 To study fracture toughness testing, crack growth models, analysis, failure assessment diagrams, and mixed-
mode fracture, along with methods for crack arrest and repair.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Apply LEFM, EPFM, and fatigue crack growth models to assess and prevent catastrophic structural failures
at different loads. (L2,L3,L5)
CO2: Apply Griffith's theory, calculate energy release rates, and analyze crack propagation mechanisms in
materials to predict and prevent fractures in engineering applications.(L3,L4,L5)
CO3: Analyze and apply the theory of elasticity and displacement in Mode I fracture, and understand the
connection between the stress intensity factor (K) and the energy release rate (G).(L2, L3, L4)
CO4: Analyze and calculate multi-parameter stress fields for different fracture modes and apply Irwin‘s and
Dugdale‘s models to understand deformation around crack tips.(L2, L4, L5)
CO5: Perform fracture toughness testing, apply crack growth models, and understand crack closure and
failure assessment diagrams. (L2,L3,L5)
Unit - I
EFM Course outline and Spectacular Failures, Introduction to LEFM and EPFM, Fatigue Crack Growth
Model
Unit - II
Crack Growth and Fracture Mechanisms, Griffith TMs Theory of Fracture, Energy Release Rate
Unit - III
Review of Theory of Elasticity , Westergaard Solution for Stress and Displacements for Mode I, Relationship
between K and G
Unit - IV
Introduction to multi parameter stress field for Mode I, Mode II and Mixed Modes, SIF for Various Geometries,
Modeling Plastic Deformation, Irwin TMs model, Dugdale Model
Unit - V
Fracture Toughness Testing, Paris Law and Sigmoidal curve, Crack Closure, Crack Growth Models, J-
Integral, Failure Assessment Diagram, Mixed Mode Fracture, Crack Arrest and Repair Methodologies
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Prashant Kumar, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, India, 2009.
2. K. R.Y. Simha, Fracture Mechanics for Modern Engineering Design, Universities Press (India)
Limited,2001.
Reference Books:
1. D. Broek, Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Dordrecht, 1986.
2. T.L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics "Fundamentals and Applications, 3rd Edition, Taylor and Francis
Group, 2005.
3. K. Ramesh, e-Book on Engineering Fracture Mechanics, IIT Madras, 2007.
Online Learning Resources
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
fj413KzPAkjPSs
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
INTRODUCTION TO TURBO MACHINERY L T P C
23AME21b (Professional Elective Course -II)
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Understanding of the principles, classifications, and governing equations of turbo machinery.
● Familiarize of gas turbine cycles including Brayton, regenerative, reheat, and inter-cooling processes, as
well as the operation and performance of turboprop, turbojet, and turbofan engines with thrust
augmentation techniques.
● Principles of similarity analysis and cascade theory in turbo machinery, for performance evaluation of
compressor and turbine blades.
● Design and analysis of axial and centrifugal compressors and pumps, considering different parameters.
● Develop a thorough understanding of axial flow turbine design and performance parameters, and to
introduce computational fluid dynamics (CFD) as a tool for analyzing turbo machinery.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Analyze and apply the fundamental concepts of fluid motion in rotating systems to design and evaluate the
performance of various turbo machines. (L3, L4, L5)
CO2: Compare, Analyze, and evaluate various gas turbine cycles and engine configurations for optimum
propulsion and power generation applications. (L2, L4, L5)
CO3: Apply similarity principles and cascade analysis techniques to evaluate blade performance,
estimate aerodynamic losses, and optimize turbo machine blade designs. (L3, L4, L5)
CO4: Design, analyze, and evaluate the performance of axial and centrifugal compressors and pumps, and
thermodynamic principles for improved efficiency and functionality. ( L4, L5, L6)
CO5: Create and evaluate axial flow turbines and apply CFD techniques to simulate and analyze fluid flow
and thermal behavior in turbo machinery systems. ( L4, L5, L6)
Unit - I Introduction and Classification
Introduction and Classification: Axial flow, radial flow and mixed flow machines, the equations of motion in
rotating frame of reference, effects of Coriolis and Centrifugal forces, momentum and energy equation, Euler
work and illustrative examples.
Unit - II Gas Turbines
Gas Turbines: Brayton Cycle, regenerative cycle, reheat, inter-cooling, turboprop, turbojet and turbofan engine,
thrust augmentation and illustrative examples.
Turbine shafts & Propellers, Single shaft, multi shaft gas turbine and its Applications
Unit - III Centrifugal Pump and Compressor
Centrifugal Pump and Compressor: Theoretical analysis and design, the effect of circulation and Coriolis forces,
reversal eddies, slip factor, head and efficiency, diffuser, introduction to the combustion system and illustrative
examples.
Unit - IV Axial Flow Compressor
Axial Flow Compressor: Two-dimensional pitch line design and analysis, h-s diagram, degree of reaction, the
effect of Mach number, performance and efficiency, three-dimensional flow, tip clearance, losses, compressor
performance and illustrative examples.
Unit - V Axial Flow Turbine & Radial flow turbines
Axial Flow Turbine: Two-dimensional pitch line design, stage loading capacity, degree of reaction, stage
efficiency, turbine performance, blade cooling, and illustrative examples.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Introduction to Radial flow turbines: Outward and Inward Flow Reaction Turbines. Industry standards related
to axial flow turbines.
Industrial Petrochemicals: Classification, Advantages & limitations
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, S. L. Dixon and C. A. Hall, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Seventh Edition, 2014.
2. Gas Turbine Theory, H. Cohen, GFC Rogers and HIH Saravanamuttoo, Addison Wesley Longman
Limited, 4th Edition, 1996.
3. Gas Turbines by V Ganesan ,3e, Mc Graw hill, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery, Venkanna B. K Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited,
2009.
2. Principles of Turbomachinery, Seppo A. Korpela, 2nd Edition, (2019) John Wiley and Son‘s, USA.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link] etWcmKO1i
2. [Link] UxZke5BJV-lUg
3. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
CONTROL SYSTEMS L T P C
23AME21c (Professional Elective Course -II)
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Fundamentals of control systems, mathematical modeling, and transfer function derivation for electro-
mechanical components
● Knowledge on system representation, and to introduce classical control design techniques.
● To equip students with the ability to represent and simplify control, and to design effective controllers
for achieving desired system performance..
● Knowledge and skills to analyze control system stability and performance in the frequency domain,
using Bode, polar, and transfer functions
● State-space analysis of different models from block diagrams, and concepts of controllability,
observability, and state transition matrices.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Model dynamic systems, distinguish between loop controls, analyze feedback effects, and derive transfer
functions for DC/AC servo motors and synchro devices. (L1, L2, L4)
CO2: Analyze and simplify control systems, and create effective controllers such as lag, lead, lead-lag, and PID
to meet system performance specifications. (L2, L4, L6)
CO3: Analyze and simplify control systems using block diagrams and signal flow graphs, and design appropriate
controllers to achieve desired system performance. (L3, L4, L6)
CO4: Analyze the frequency response of control systems using Bode, polar, and evaluate system stability
and performance such as gain margin and phase margin. ( L1, L4, L5)
CO5: Develop state-space models from block diagrams, analyze system controllability and observability,
and solve time-invariant state equations using the state transition matrix. ( L2, L4, L6)
Unit - I BASICS IN CONTROL SYSTEM AND TRANSFER FUNCTION
Introduction of Control Systems, Various types of systems (Open Loop and closed loop) and their differences-
Classification and Feed-Back Characteristics of control system- Effects of feedback. Brief overview of various
control system software’s.

REPRESENTATION OF TRANSFER FUNCTION AND CONTROL

Unit - II
DESIGN TECHNIQUES:
Block diagram representation of systems considering electrical systems as examples. Block diagram algebra –
Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using Mason‘s gain formula. Compensation techniques – Lag,
Lead, Lead-Lag Controllers design, PID Controllers.
Unit - III TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS & STABILITY ANALYSIS

TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Standard test signals - Time response of first order systems – Characteristic
Equation of Feedback control systems, Transient response of second order systems - Time domain specifications
– Steady state response - Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of proportional derivative, proportional
integral systems.
STABILITY ANALYSIS: The concept of stability – Routh‘s stability criterion – qualitative stability and
conditional stability – limitations of Routh‘s stability. The root locus concept - construction of root locieffects of
adding poles and zeros to G(s) H(s) on the root loci.
Unit - IV FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS & STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

DOMAIN:
FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Introduction, Frequency domain Specifications-Bode diagrams
Determination of Frequency domain specifications and transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin
and Gain margin Stability Analysis from Bode Plots.
STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: Polar Plots-Nyquist Plots-Stability Analysis.
Unit - V STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
STATE SPACE ANALYSIS: Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from
block diagrams, Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and it‘s
Properties – Concepts of Controllability and Observability.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. I. J. Nagrath, M .Gopal (2011), Control Systems Engineering, 5th edition, New Age
International (P) Limited, New Delhi, India.
2. Benjamin. C. Kuo (2003), Automatic Control Systems, 8th edition, John Wiley and Son‘s,
USA.
Reference Books:
1. K. Ogata (2008), Modern Control Engineering, 4th edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi. 2. N. K. Sinha (2008), Control System.
2. Prof. Vishwajit K. Barbudhe Control system Engineering National Press (2020)
3. Richard Dorf and Robert Bishop Modern Control Systems Pear son, 13th edition (2016)
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
OPERATIONS RESEARCH L T P C
23AME21d (Professional Elective Course -II)
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Understanding of OR, focusing on model classification, formulation, and solution techniques for LP
problems.
● Knowledge and techniques for formulating and solving transportation and assignment problems, and the
Traveling Salesman Problem
● Fundamentals of game theory and job sequencing, including optimal strategies, and scheduling
techniques.
● Demonstrate of queuing theory, queuing models based on Poisson arrivals and exponential service
times, and the analysis of single and multichannel systems with various queue lengths.
● Familiarize replacement and maintenance strategies, fundamentals of dynamic programming and its
applications in optimization problems.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Build and compare different mathematical models of the real time situations by using different Research
models. Solve the LP problems and find Multiple Optimal Solutions. (L2, L3, L5)
CO2: Implement Transportation and Assignment problems to solve the real time industry needs. (L1,
L3, L5)
CO3: Choose the best strategy of Game theory and capable of identifying the suitable techniques .Solve the Job
Sequencing Problem. (L2, L3, L5)
CO4: Apply different Queuing models to optimize the queuing length. Define the queuing and inventory
terminology to solve the different inventory and queuing problems. ( L1, L3, L6)
CO5: Apply concepts of replacement and maintenance analysis and solve optimization problems using dynamic
programming techniques. ( L3, L4, L5)
Unit - I INTRODUCTION TO OR & LINEAR PROGRAMMING (LP)

Introduction to Operations Research (OR): OR definition - Classification of Models, modeling – Methods of

solving OR Models, limitations and applications of OR models
Linear Programming(LP): Problem Formulation, Graphical Method, Simplex Method, Big-M Method, Two–
Phase Simplex Method, Special Cases of LP- Degeneracy, Infeasibility and Multiple Optimal Solutions; Concept
of dual theorem
Unit - II TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS

Transportation Problem – Formulation; Different Methods of Obtaining Initial Basic Feasible Solution –North
West Corner Rule, Least Cost Method, Vogel's Approximation Method; Optimality Method – Modified
Distribution (MODI) Method; Special Cases – Unbalanced Transportation Problem, Degenerate Problem.
Assignment Problem – Formulation, Hungarian Method for Solving Assignment Problems, Traveling Salesman
problem.
Unit - III JOB SEQUENCING & QUEUING THEORY
Job Sequencing: Introduction to Job shop Scheduling and flow shop scheduling, Solution of Job Sequencing
Problem, Processing of n Jobs through two machines, Processing of n Jobs through m machines, graphical
method.
Queuing Theory: Introduction – Terminology, Arrival Pattern, Service Channel, Population, Departure Pattern,
Queue Discipline, Birth & Death Process, Single Channel Models with Poisson Arrivals, Exponential Service
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Times with infinite and finite queue length; Multichannel Models with Poisson Arrivals, Exponential Service
Times with infinite queue length.
Unit - IV INVENTORY CONTROL
Inventory Control: Introduction, Deterministic models – EOQ model with and without shortages, Production
model, and Buffer stock and discount inventory models with single price breaks. Selective inventory control.
Elaborated models like ABC analysis, JIT and MRP.
Unit - V REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE ANALYSIS, TPM & PPM

Replacement and Maintenance Analysis: Introduction – Types of Maintenance, Make or buy decision. Types
of Replacement Problems, Determination of Economic Life of an Asset, and Simple Probabilistic Model for
Items which completely fail-Individual Replacement Model, Group Replacement Model.
Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and Predictive Process Monitoring (PPM)- Concepts , Challenges and
future trends.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Sharma S.D., Operations Research: Theory, Methods and Applications, 15/e, Kedar Nath
Ram Nath, 2010
2. Taha H.A., Operations Research, 9/e, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Hiller F.S., and Liberman G.J., Introduction to Operations Research, 7/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Sharma J.K., Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 4/e, Laxmi Publications, 2009.
3. Prem kumar Gupta and Hira, Operations Research, 3/e, S Chand Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
4. Pannerselvam R., Operations Research, 2/e, Pentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006.
5. Sundaresan.V, and Ganapathy Subramanian.K.S, Resource Management Techniques:
Operations Research, A.R Publications, 2015.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
SMART MATERIALS L T P C
23AME21e (Professional Elective Course -II)
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Fundamental characteristics of different metals and provide an understanding of smart materials, their
classification and real-world applications.
● Knowledge of various types of smart materials and electro rheological fluids, and shape memory
materials.
● Processing techniques of various smart materials, and smart fluids, with a focus on synthesis and
fabrication methods such as metallization and UV curing.
● Understanding of various types of sensors, and advanced sensors such as carbon nanotube and polymer-
based sensors.
● Principles, types, and applications of actuators used in smart systems, and electro thermal actuators.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand and distinguish between traditional engineering materials and smart materials, and
identify appropriate smart materials for various engineering applications. (L1, L2, L3)
CO2: Explain the working principles, properties, and applications of different smart materials and evaluate their
suitability for specific engineering and technological applications. (L2, L3, L5)
CO3: Understand and apply suitable processing and fabrication techniques for different smart materials in
engineering applications. (L1, L2, L3)
CO4: Identify, describe, and equate different sensor technologies and select appropriate sensors for engineering
applications. ( L1, L2, L5)
CO5: Demonstrate the working mechanisms of various actuators compare and select suitable actuation methods
for different smart materials for create system applications. ( L2, L3, L6)
Unit - I
Characteristics of metals, polymers and ceramics. Introduction to smart materials. Classification of smart
materials, Components of a smart System, Applications of smart material.
Unit - II
Smart Materials Piezoelectric materials, Electro strictive Materials, Magneto strictive materials, Magneto
electric materials, Magneto rheological Electro rheological fluids, Shape Memory materials.
Unit - III
Processing of Smart Materials Semiconductors and their processing, Metals and metallization techniques,
Ceramics and their processing, Polymers and their synthesis, UV radiation curing of polymers, fluids.
Unit - IV
Sensors Introduction, Conducto metric sensors, Capacitive sensors, Piezoelectric sensors, Magneto strictive
sensors, Piezo resistive sensors, Optical sensors, Resonant sensors, semiconductor- based sensors, Acoustic
sensors, polymerize sensors, Carbon nano tube sensors.
Unit - V
Actuators Introduction, Electrostatic transducers, Electromagnetic transducers, Electrodynamic transducers,
Piezoelectric transducers, Electro-strictive transducers, Magneto-strictive transducers, Electro thermal actuators,
Comparison of actuation, Applications
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies, V. K.
Varadan, K. J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, John Wiley and Sons, England, 2006.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

2. Smart Structures and Materials, Brain Culshaw, Artech House, London, 1996.
3. Smart Materials and Structures, Mukesh V. Gandhi, Brian S. Thompson, , Springer, May-
1992.
Reference Books:
1. Smart Structures: Analysis and Design, A. V. Srinivasan, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, New York, 2001.
2. Smart Structures, P. Gauenzi, Wiley, 2009.
3. Piezoelectric Sensorics: Force, Strain, Pressure, Acceleration and Acoustic Emission Sensors,
Materials and Amplifiers, G. Gautschi, Springer, Berlin, New York, 2002.
4. Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites, B. D. Agarwal and L. J. Broutman,
John Wiley & Sons.
5. Engineering aspects of Shape memory Alloys, T. W. Duerig, K. N. Melton, D. Stockel,C.
Mayman, Butterworth – Heinemann, 1990
Online Learning Resources:
Web Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]/EJ/article/0964-1726/5/3/002/[Link]
MOOCs:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code APPLICATIONS OF

L T P C
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
23AME22a
(Professional Elective Course -III) 3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Foundation in numerical techniques, and finite element methods for solving partial differential
equations under various boundary conditions.
● Solid understanding of numerical methods for solving time-dependent partial differential equations,
with emphasis on stability and accuracy analysis.
● Introduce students to numerical formulations for incompressible and compressible viscous flows using
finite difference and advanced computational techniques, enabling them to model and analyze fluid flow
problems governed by the Euler and Navier-Stokes equations
● Knowledge and skills to apply the finite volume method using finite difference formulations for solving
two- and three-dimensional fluid flow and heat transfer problems.
● Understand the concepts of linear fluid flow problems, steady state problems and transient problems.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Formulate and solve partial differential equations using finite element methods, apply and analyze the
stability, accuracy of explicit and implicit methods. (L2, L3, L4)
CO2: Apply and analyze explicit and implicit numerical schemes, solve nonlinear and second-order PDEs,
using appropriate numerical techniques. (L3, L4, L5)
CO3: Create and solve incompressible and compressible viscous flow problems, apply appropriate
boundary conditions. (L2, L5, L6)
CO4: Develop and implement finite volume formulations based on finite difference methods, ensuring accurate
and conservative solutions in CFD applications. ( L1, L3, L6)
CO5: Analyze and solve linear fluid flow problems, using appropriate numerical methods and interpret the
physical significance of the computed results. ( L1, L4, L5)
Unit - I Introduction and Solution methods
Introduction: Finite difference method, finite volume method, finite element method, governing equations and
boundary conditions, Derivation of finite difference equations.
Solution methods: Solution methods of elliptical equations — finite difference formulations, interactive
solution methods, direct method with Gaussian elimination. Parabolic equations-explicit schemes and Von
Neumann stability analysis, implicit schemes, alternating direction implicit schemes, approximate factorization,
fractional step methods, direct method with tridiagonal matrix algorithm.
Unit - II Hyperbolic equations:
Hyperbolic equations: explicit schemes and Von Neumann stability analysis, implicit schemes, multi step
methods, nonlinear problems, second order one-dimensional wave equations. Burgers equations: Explicit and
implicit schemes, Runge-Kutta method.
Unit - III Formulations Of Incompressible Viscous Flows
Formulations Of Incompressible Viscous Flows: Formulations of incompressible viscous flows by finite
difference methods, pressure correction methods, vortex methods.
Treatment of compressible flows: potential equation, Euler equations, Navier-stokes system of equations, flow
field-dependent variation methods, boundary conditions, example problems. Brief overview of turbulent
models.
Unit - IV Finite Volume Method:
Finite Volume Method Finite volume method via finite difference method, formulations for two and three-
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

dimensional problems.
Unit - V Standard Variational Methods
Standard Variational Methods Linear fluid flow problems, steady state problems, Transient problems.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. T. J. C‘hung, Computational fluid dynamics, Cambridge University press,2002.
2. John D. Anderson, Computational Fluid Dynamics: Basics with applications, Mc Graw Hill. 2017
Reference Books:
1. Frank Choriton, Text book of fluid dynamics, CBS Publishers & distributors, 1985.
2. Suhas V. Patankar, Numerical heat transfer and fluid flow, Hema shava Publishers corporation & Mc
Graw Hill, 1990.
3. Muralidaran, Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer, Narosa Publications, 2003.
4. Tapan K. Sengupta, Fundamentals of Computational Fluid Dynamics, Universities Press, 2004.
5. C. Pozrikidis, Introduction to Theoretical and Computational Fluid Dynamics, Oxford University press,
2/e, 2012.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C
23AME22b (Professional Elective Course -III)
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Understand the concepts of industrial safety and management.
● Demonstrate the accident preventions and protective equipment.
● Understand and apply the knowledge of safety acts
● knowledge about fire prevention and protection systems
● Understand and apply fire safety principles in buildings.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Students learn the concepts of industrial safety and management (L1)
CO2: Learn about the smart machines and smart sensors (L1, L2)
CO3: Apply IoT to modern Industrial applications and they are able to make a system tailor-made as per
requirement of the industry (L4, L5)
CO4: Students learn about fire prevention and protection systems. ( L2, L3)
CO5: Students learn and apply the fire safety principles in buildings ( L2, L4)
Unit - I
INTRODUCTION TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND
MANAGEMENT: History and development of Industrial safety: Implementation of factories act, Safety and
productivity, Safety organizations. Safety committees and structure, Role of management and role of [Link]
industrial safety.
Unit - II
ACCIDENT PREVENTIONS AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Personal protective equipment, Survey
the plant for locations, Part of body to be protected, Education and training in safety, Prevention causes and cost
of accident, Housekeeping, First aid, Accident reporting, Investigations. Industrial psychology in accident
prevention, Safety trials, Safety related to operations. Hazards area classification in Industries.
Unit - III
SAFETY ACTS: Features of Factory Act, Introduction of Explosive Act, Boiler Act, ESI Act, Workman‘s
compensation Act, Industrial hygiene, Occupational safety, Diseases prevention, Ergonomics, Occupational
diseases, stress, fatigue, health, safety and the physical environment, Engineering methods of controlling
chemical hazards, safety and the physical environment, Control of industrial noise and protection against it, Code
and regulations for worker safety and health, codes for safety of systems.
Unit - IV
FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION: Sources of ignition – fire triangle – principles of fire
extinguishing – active and passive fire protection systems – various classes of fires – A, B, C, D, E-Fire
extinguishing agents- Water, Foam, Dry chemical powder, Carbon-dioxide Halon alternatives Halocarbon
compounds-Inert gases, dry powders – types of fire extinguishers – fire stoppers –hydrant pipes – hoses –
monitors – fire watchers – layout of stand pipes – fire station-fire alarms and sirens – maintenance of fire trucks
– foam generators – escape from fire rescue operations – fire drills –first aid for burns.
Unit - V
BUILDING FIRE SAFETY: Objectives of fire safe building design, Fire load, fire resistant material and fire
testing – structural fire protection – structural integrity – concept of egress design -exit– width calculations – fire
certificates – fire safety requirements for high rise buildings.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

1. Occupational Safety Management and Engineering Willie Hammer–PrenticeHall (2000)

2. Purandare D.D & Abhay [Link], ―Handbook on Industrial Fire Safety‖ P&A publications, NewDelhi,
2006.
Reference Books:
1. Installation, Servicing and Maintenance Bhattacharya, S.N.-[Link] Co.
2. Jain VK ―Fire Safety in Building‖ New Age International 1996.
3. Reliability, Maintenance and Safety Engineering by Dr.A. [Link]
4. A Text book of Reliability and Maintenance Engineering by Alakesh Manna
5. McElroy,FrankE.,―Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations‖, NSC, Chicago, 1988.
6. Green, A.E.,―High Risk Safety Technology‖, John Wiley and Sons, 1984.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
FcbDQzZK6i_3TASD
3. [Link]
6RaMiYhEkp5-EfAH
4. [Link]
5y0WMqX3wrvvispq
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code MECHANICS AND MANUFACTURING OF

L T P C
COMPOSITE MATERIALS
23AME22d
(Professional Elective Course -III) 3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Fundamentals of composite materials, including their classification, and to familiarize them with
various fiber-reinforced plastic processing techniques used in manufacturing.
● Understanding of the micro- and macro-mechanical behavior of composite laminas.
● Equip theoretical and analytical tools for evaluating the strength and mechanical behavior of composite
laminates
● Introduce metal matrix composites (MMCs), focusing on reinforcement materials, base metal selection,
fabrication techniques
● Deep understanding of micromechanics-based failure analysis in unidirectional composite laminas, and
the selection of appropriate failure criteria.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Classify and describe the characteristics of different types of composite materials, and explain and apply
various fiber-reinforced plastic processing methods. (L1, L2, L3)
CO2: Evaluate the elastic moduli of composite laminas, apply Hooke's law to different material types and
solve numerical problems. (L3, L4, L5)
CO3: Analyze the failure of composite laminates, and perform macro-mechanical analysis using Classical
Laminate Theory (CLT), for various laminate configurations through numerical problem-solving. (L2, L4, L5)
CO4: Identify and select appropriate reinforcements and base metals for MMCs, understand and apply various
fabrication processes. ( L1, L2, L3)
CO5: Analyze and evaluate the failure mechanisms of unidirectional lamina using micromechanical
models and apply suitable failure theories through practical examples. ( L3, L4, L5)
Unit - I
Introduction to Composite Materials: Definition, classification and characteristics of composite Materials –
fibrous composites, laminated composites, particulate composites.
Applications: Automobile, Aircrafts. missiles. Space hardware, Electrical and electronics, Marine, recreational
and sports equipment, future potential of composites.
Fiber Reinforced Plastic Processing: Lay-up and curing, fabricating process, open and closed mould process,
hand lay-up techniques; structural laminate bag molding, production procedures for bag molding; filament
winding, pultrusion, pulforming, thermo-forming, injection molding, blow molding.
Unit - II
Micro Mechanical Analysis of a Lamina:
Micro Mechanical Analysis of a Lamina: Introduction, Evaluation of the four elastic moduli by Rule of
mixture, Numerical problems.
Macro Mechanics of a Lamina: Hooke's law for different types of materials, Number of elastic constants, Two
- dimensional relationship of compliance and stiffness matrix. Hooke's law for two-dimensional angle lamina,
engineering constants - Numerical problems. Stress-Strain relations for lamina of arbitrary orientation,
Numerical problems.
Unit - III
Biaxial Strength Theories: Maximum stress theory, Maximum strain theory, Tsai-Hill theory, Tsai, Wu
tensor theory, Numerical problems.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Macro Mechanical Analysis of Laminate: Introduction, code, Kirchoff hypothesis, CL T, A, B, and D matrices
(Detailed derivation) , Special cases of laminates, Numerical problems.
Unit - IV
Metal Matrix Composites: Metal Matrix Composites: Reinforcement materials, types, characteristics and
selection base metals selection. Need for production MMC‘s and its application.
Fabrication Process For MMC's: Powder metallurgy technique, liquid metallurgy technique and secondary
processing, special fabrication techniques.
Study Properties Of MMC's: Physical Mechanical, Wear, machinability and Other Properties. Effect of size,
shape and distribution of particulate on properties.
Unit - V
Failure Theories: Micromechanics of Failure of Unidirectional Lamina, Anisotropic Strength and Failure
Theories, Importance of Shear Strength, Choice of Failure Criteria, Examples.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. K.K. Chawla, Composite Materials, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1998.
2. B.T. Astrom, Manufacturing of Polymer Composites, Chapman & Hall, 1997.
3. Stuart M Lee, J. Ian Gray, Miltz, Reference Book for Composites Technology, CRC press, 1989
Reference Books:
1. Frank L Matthews and R D Rawlings, Composite Materials: Engineering and Science, Taylor and
Francis, 2006.
2. D. Hull and T.W. Clyne, Introduction to Composite Materials, Cambridge University Press, 1996.
3. M.R. Piggott, Load Bearing Fibre Composites, Pergamon press, Oxford, 1998.
4. F. Ashby and D.R.H. Jones, Engineering Materials, Pergamon press, 1999.
5. R.W. Davidge and A. Kelly, Mechanical behavior of ceramics, Cambridge university press, 1999.
6. Andrew C. Marshall, Composite Basics, Marshall Consulting. Mode of Evaluation Quiz/Assignment/
Seminar/Written Examination, 1998.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code INTRODUCTION TO HYBRID AND

L T P C
ELECTRIC VEHICLES
23AME22e
(Professional Elective Course -III) 3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Foundational and applied knowledge of electric vehicle systems, battery technologies, and battery
management systems.
● Understanding of electric vehicle power plants, and drive control techniques essential for efficient
electric vehicle propulsion.
● Knowledge of hybrid and electric vehicle technologies, including their historical evolution and energy
efficiency optimization.
● Provide comprehensive knowledge of electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems, and real-world
applications ranging from passenger cars to heavy-duty and fuel cell vehicles.
● Demonstration of hybrid and electric vehicle design, energy management strategies for efficient and
sustainable vehicle operation.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Analyze and design electric vehicle propulsion and energy storage systems, evaluate battery
performance and management strategies. (L3, L4, L5)
CO2: Implement electric machine operation, design and analyze control power electronic converters, and
apply drive control strategies in electric vehicle applications. (L3, L4, L6)
CO3: Analyze hybrid and electric drivetrain configurations, evaluate and create various electric motor drives and
hybrid vehicle propulsion systems. (L4, L5, L6)
CO4: Compare hybrid and electric vehicle architectures, understand control strategies for various drive systems,
and evaluate the role of emerging technologies in improving vehicle efficiency and sustainability ( L1, L2, L5)
CO5: Design and evaluate hybrid and electric vehicle systems, and applying control and communication
principles across various electric and hybrid vehicle architectures. ( L3, L5, L6)
Unit - I Electric Vehicle Propulsion and Energy Sources
Introduction to electric vehicles, vehicle mechanics - kinetics and dynamics, roadway fundamentals propulsion
system design - force velocity characteristics, calculation of tractive power and energy required, electric vehicle
power source - battery capacity, state of charge and discharge, specific energy, specific power, Ragone plot.
battery modeling - run time battery model, first principle model, battery management system- soc measurement,
battery cell balancing. Traction batteries - nickel metal hydride battery, Li-Ion, Lipolymer battery.
Unit - II Electric Vehicle Power Plant And Drives
Introduction electric vehicle power plants. Induction machines, permanent magnet machines, switch reluctance
machines. Power electronic converters-DC/DC converters - buck boost converter, isolated DC/DC converter.
Two quadrant chopper and switching modes. AC drives- PWM, current control method. Switch reluctance
machine drives - voltage control, current control.
Unit - III Hybrid And Electric Drive Trains
Introduction hybrid electric vehicles, history and social importance, impact of modern drive trains in energy
supplies. Hybrid traction and electric traction. Hybrid and electric drive train topologies. Power flow control and
energy efficiency analysis, configuration and control of DC motor drives and induction motor drives, permanent
magnet motor drives, switch reluctance motor drives, drive system efficiency.
Unit - IV Electric and Hybrid Vehicles - Case Studies
Parallel hybrid, series hybrid -charge sustaining, charge depleting. Hybrid vehicle case study – Toyota Prius,
Honda Insight, Chevrolet Volt. 42 V system for traction applications. Lightly hybridized vehicles and low
voltage systems. Electric vehicle case study - GM EV1, Nissan Leaf, Mitsubishi Miev. Hybrid electric heavy
duty vehicles, fuel cell heavy duty vehicles.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - V Electric And Hybrid Vehicle Design :

Introduction to hybrid e dvehiclesign. Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine. Sizing
of propulsion motor, power electronics, drive system. Selection of energy storage technology, communications,
supporting subsystem. Energy management strategies in hybrid and electric vehicles - energy management
strategies- classification, comparison, implementation.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Iqbal Hussein, ―Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals‖, 2nd edition, CRC Press, 2003.
2. Amir Khajepour, M. Saber Fallah, Avesta Goodarzi, ―Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Technologies,
Modeling and Control - A Mechatronic Approach‖, illustrated edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, ―Electric Vehicle Technology‖, Explained, Wiley, 2003.
2. John G. Hayes, G. Abas Goodarzi, ―Electric Powertrain: Energy Systems, Power Electronics and Drives
for Hybrid, Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles‖, 1st edition, Wiley- Blackwell, 2018.
3. Mehrdad Ehsani, YimiGao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, ―Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design‖, CRC Press, 2004.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
AUTOMATION & ROBOTICS L T P C
23AME23 (Open Elective Course-II)
3 0 0 3
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (Common to CE, EEE, ECE, CSE, & FT))
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
● Fundamentals of industrial automation, production types, automation strategies, and hardware elements
used in modern manufacturing processes.
● Understanding of automated manufacturing systems, and strategies for improving productivity and
flexibility in industrial automation.
● Knowledge of industrial automation and robotics, sensors, and end-effector design for modern
manufacturing environments.
● Explain industrial automation and robotics, and trajectory planning for intelligent and efficient
manufacturing applications.
● Familiarity of industrial automation and robotics, and practical applications in manufacturing processes.
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Understand and analyze the structure and functions of automated manufacturing systems, and evaluate
hardware components for efficient production. (L2, L4, L5)
CO2: Analyze and design automated flow lines with or without buffer storage, perform quantitative
evaluations, apply assembly line balancing techniques. (L4, L5, L6)
CO3: Classify robot configurations, select suitable actuators and sensors, analyze and apply automation and
robotics principles to optimize production efficiency and flexibility. (L2, L3, L5)
CO4: Apply kinematic and dynamic modeling using D-H notation and select appropriate hardware and control
strategies for real-world industrial scenario to analyze and design automated and robotic systems. ( L3, L4, L5)
CO5: Design, program, and implement robotic systems, understand and apply robotics technology to
manufacturing tasks. ( L1, L3, L6)
Unit - I Introduction to Automation
Introduction to Automation, Need, Types, Basic elements of an automated system, Manufacturing Industries,
Types of production, Functions in manufacturing, Organization and information processing in manufacturing,
Automation strategies and levels of automation, Hardware components for automation and process control,
mechanical feeders, hoppers, orienters, high speed automatic insertion devices
Unit - II Automated flow lines
Automated flow lines, Part transfer methods and mechanisms, types of Flow lines, flow line with/without buffer
storage, Quantitative analysis of flow lines. Assembly line balancing: Assembly process and systems assembly
line, line balancing methods, ways of improving line balance, flexible assembly lines.
Unit - III Introduction to Industrial Robotics
Introduction to Industrial Robotics, Classification of Robot Configurations, functional line diagram, degrees of
freedom. Components common types of arms, joints grippers, factors to be considered in the design of grippers.
Robot actuators and Feedback components: Actuators, Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, Electric & Stepper
motors, comparison. Position sensors - potentiometers, resolvers, encoders - velocity sensors, Tactile sensors,
Proximity sensors.
Unit - IV Manipulator Kinematics:
Manipulator Kinematics, Homogenous transformations as applicable to rotation and transition - D-H notation,
Forward inverse kinematics.
Manipulator Dynamics: Differential transformations, Jacobians, Lagrange - Euler and Newton – Euler
formations. Trajectory Planning: Trajectory Planning and avoidance of obstacles path planning, skew motion,
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

joint integrated motion - straight line motion.

Unit - V Robot Programming
Robot Programming, Methods of programming - requirements and features of programming languages, software
packages. Problems with programming languages.
Robot Application in Manufacturing: Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading – Process-
spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Automation , Production systems and CIM,M.P. Groover /Pearson Edu.
2. Industrial Robotics - M.P. Groover, TMH.
Reference Books:
1. Robotics , Fu K S, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2010.
2. An Introduction to Robot Technology, P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze, Kogam Page Ltd. 1983 London.
3. Robotic Engineering , Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
4. Robotics, Fundamental Concepts and analysis – Ashitave Ghosal ,Oxford Press, 1/e, 2006
5. Robotics and Control , Mittal R K &Nagrath I J , TMH.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link] mhl-gt76o
2. [Link] SODT3ZJgwEjyE
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
HEAT TRANSFER LAB
23AME18P
0 0 3 1.5
Semester III B. Tech II Sem (ME)
Course Objectives: Students undergoing this course would
 Understand different modes of heat transfer
 Gain knowledge about natural and force convection phenomenon
 Estimate experimental uncertainty in measurements
Course Outcomes (CO): Upon the successful completion of course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain different modes of heat transfer
CO2: Identify parameters for measurement for calculating heat transfer
CO3: Determine effectiveness of heat exchanger
CO4: Design new equipment related to heat transfer
CO5: Apply principles of heat transfer in wide application in industries.
List of Experiments
1. Determine the overall heat transfer coefficient across the width of composite wall
2. Determine the thermal conductivity of a metal rod
3. Determine the thermal conductivity of insulating powder material through concentric sphere apparatus
4. Determine the thermal conductivity of insulating material through lagged pipe apparatus
5. Determine the efficiency of a pin fin in natural and forced convection.
6. Determine the heat transfer coefficient for a vertical cylinder in natural convection
7. Determine the heat transfer coefficient in forced convection of air in a horizontal tube.
8. Determine the heat transfer coefficients on film and drop wise condensation apparatus.
9. Determine the effectiveness of a parallel and counter flow heat exchanger.
10. Study the pool boiling phenomenon and different regimes of pool boiling.
11. Experiment on pool boiling
12. Determine the emissivity of the test plate surface.
13. Experiment on Stefan-Boltzmann apparatus
14. Determine the heat transfer rate coefficient in fluidized bed apparatus.
Virtual Lab:
1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal rod
[Link]
conductivity-of-a-metal-rod
2. Natural Convection heat transfer
[Link]
3. Heat Transfer by Radiation [Link]
4. Heat transfer by Conduction [Link]
5. The Study of phase change [Link]
6. Black Body Radiation: Determination of Stefan's Constant
[Link]
7. Newton's Law of Cooling [Link]
8. Lee's Disc Apparatus [Link]
9. Thermo Couple-See beck Effect
10. [Link]
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
CAD/CAM LAB
23AME19P
0 0 3 1.5
Semester III B. Tech II Semester ( ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Develop students‘ skills in drafting and understanding orthographic, isometric views, and CAD file
formats like DXE and IGES.
 Enable the creation of 3D part models using basic and advanced features in CAD tools.
 Hands-on experience in assembly modeling using both feature-based and Boolean-based methods.
 Familiarize with CAM software for generating NC code for various machining processes.
 Expertise industrial manufacturing via the use of post-processors and NC machines for real-time
machining.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Create accurate 2D technical drawings using orthographic and isometric projections, and interpret file
formats like DXE and IGES. (L1, L2, L3)
CO2: Develop 3D part models using features such as protrude, revolve, shell, and sweep, and demonstrate
and evaluate parent-child relationships. (L2, L3, L5)
CO3: Construct and analyze assemblies using feature-based and Boolean operations for simple mechanical
systems and create complex mechanical assemblies. (L3, L4, L6)
CO4: Generate NC code for complex surfaces using CAM tools and study the function ofvarious post-
processors. (L1, L3, L6)
CO5: Transfer NC code to CNC machines. Perform and evaluate basic machining tasks such as turning and
milling and generate new technics by using modern tools.(L4, L5, L6)
List of Experiments

1. Drafting: Development of part drawings for various components in the form of orthographic and
isometric. Representation of Dimensioning and tolerances scanning and plotting.

2. Classification of CAD Standards, ASME Y14, ASME Y14.1, ASME Y14.5.

3. CAM:
a) Study of various post processors used in NC Machines.
b) Development of NC code for free form and sculptured surfaces using CAM packages.
c) Machining of simple components on NC lathe and Mill by transferring NC Code / from a CAM
packages.
Through Any Four Software Packages from the following: Use of Auto CAD, Micro Station, CATIA,
Pro-E, I-DEAS, CAEFEM, Gibbs CAM, Master CAM etc,.

4. Evaluation of Stress/Strain for a plate with a hole.

III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
3D PRINTING LAB
23AME24
0 1 2 2
Semester III B. Tech II Semester ( ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Understand different methods of 3D Printing.
 Gain knowledge about simulation of FDM process
 Estimate time and material required for manufacturing a 3D component.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: Explain different types of 3d Printing techniques
CO2: Identify parameters for powder binding and jetting process
CO3: Determine effective use of ABS material for 3D Printing
CO4: Apply principles of mathematics to evaluate the volume of material require.
List of Experiments
Module 1:Introduction to Prototyping, Working of 3D Printer, Types of 3D printing Machines:
Exp 1 : Modelling of Engineering component and conversion of STL format.
Exp 2 : Slicing of STL file and study of effect of process parameter like layer thickness, orientation,
and infill on build time using software.
Exercise 1 : Component-1
Exercise 2 : Component-2
Module 2:
Exp 1 : 3D Printing of modelled component by varying layer thickness.
Exp 2 : 3D Printing of modelled component by varying orientation.
Exp 3: 3D Printing of modelled component by varying infill.

Module 3:
Study on effect of different materials like ABS, PLA, Resin etc, and dimensional accuracy.
Module 4:
Identifying the defects in 3D Printed components.

Module 5
Exp1: Modelling of component using 3D Scanner of real life object of unknown dimension in reverse
engineering.
Exp 2: 3D Printing of above modelled component
Learning Resources:
References:
1. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid
Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing, 1/e, Springer, 2010.
2. Chua C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, 2/e,
World Scientific Publishers, 2003.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]

.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING & IPR
2 0 0 0
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to make the students learn about
 To enable the students to practice the basic skills of research paper writing
 To make the students understand the importance of IP and to educate them on the basic concepts of
Intellectual Property Rights.
 To practice the basic skills of performing quality literature review
 To help them in knowing the significance of real life practice and procedure of Patents
 To enable them learn the procedure of obtaining Patents, Copyrights, & Trade Marks
Course Outcomes (CO): On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1: Identify key secondary literature related to their proposed technical paper writing (L1, L2)
CO2: Explain various principles and styles in technical writing (L1, L2)
CO3: Use the acquired knowledge in writing a research/technical paper (L3)
CO4: Analyse rights and responsibilities of holder of Patent, Copyright, Trademark, and International Trademark
.etc. (L4)
CO5: Evaluate different forms of IPR available at national & international level. (L5)
CO6: Develop skill of making search of various forms of IPR by using modern tools and techniques. (L3, L6)
Unit - I Principles of Technical Writing
Principles of Technical Writing: styles in technical writing; clarity, precision, coherence andlogical sequence
in writing-avoiding ambiguity- repetition, and vague language -highlighting your findings-discussing your
limitations -hedging and criticizing -plagiarism and paraphrasing.
Unit - II Technical Research Paper Writing
Technical Research Paper Writing: Abstract- Objectives-Limitations-Review of Literature- Problems and
Framing Research Questions- Synopsis
Unit - III Process of research
Process of research: publication mechanism: types of journals- indexing-seminars- conferences- proof reading –
plagiarism style; seminar & conference paper writing; Methodology-discussion-results- citation rules
Unit - IV Introduction to Intellectual property & Trade Marks:
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, International organizations,
agen ties, importance of intellectual property rights
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
select uating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.
Unit - V Robot Programming
Fundamentals of copy rights: Fundamentals of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to form the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of
copy right, international y right law
Fundamentals of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer.
Patent law, Intellectual property audits.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property Rights, Cengage Learning India, 2013
2. Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication:Principles and [Link].
Reference Books:
1. [Link], Law of Intellectual Property, 9th Ed, Asia law House, 2019.
 III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

2. Prabuddha Ganguli,Intellectual Property Rights Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2001

3. [Link],Intellectual Property Law, 3rd Ed ,Eastern Law House, 2007.
4. Adrian Wallwork. English for Writing Research PapersSecond Edition. Springer Cham Heidelberg New
York ,2016
5. Dan Jones, Sam Dragga, Technical Writing Style
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
7. [Link]
III B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
WORKSHOP
23AME25
0 0 0 0
Semester III B. Tech II Semester (ME)
CONDUCT OF DEPARTMENT LEVEL TECHNICAL SYPOSIUMS/ WORKSHOPS/ SEMINARS/
CONFERENCES ETC.
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)

KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

IV Year
Course Structure
Under R23 Regulations
Effective from AY: 2025-26 Onwards
(For students admitted in 2023 (Reg.) and Lateral Entry 2024, 2025)
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

IV YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABI

B. Tech IV Year-I Semester

S.
Category Title L/D T P Credits
No.
1 23AME26 AI & ML for Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Management Course- II
[Link] Ethics and Corporate Governance
2 2 0 0 2
2.E-Business
[Link] Science
Professional Elective Course-IV
23AME27a 1. Mechanical Vibrations
23AME27b 2. Finite Element Methods 3 0 0 3
3 23AME27c 3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
23AME27d 4. Mechatronics & MEMS
23AME27e 5. Power Plant Engineering
Professional Elective Course-V
23AME28a 1. Non Conventional Energy Sources
23AME28b 2. Automation And Robotics 3 0 0 3
4
23AME28c 3. Non-Destructive Testing
23AME28d 4. Total Quality Management
23AME28e 5. Smart Manufacturing
Open Elective Course– III: 3 0 0 3
5 23AME29
3D Printing Technologies (MECH)
23AME30 Open Elective Course– IV: 3 0 0 3
6
Total Quality Management (MECH)
23AME31 Skill Enhancement Course
8
Introduction to Drone Technology
0 1 2 2
Audit Course
9 2 0 0 -
Gender Sensitization
23AME32 Internship
10
Evaluation of Industry Internship
- - - 2
Total 18 1 04 21
Mandatory Industry Internship of 6-8 weeks duration during summer vacation

Open Elective – III

S. No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 Building Materials and Services
CIVIL
2 Environmental Impact Assessment
3 Smart Grid Technologies EEE
4 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers ECE
5 Data Base Management Systems
CSE & Allied/IT
6 Cyber Security
7 Wavelet transforms and its Applications Mathematics
8 Smart Materials And Devices
Physics
9 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Green Chemistry And Catalysis For Sustainable

10
Environment
Chemistry
11 Employability Skills Humanities

Open Elective – IV

S. No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.

1 Geo-Spatial Technologies
CIVIL
2 Solid Waste Management
3 Electric Vehicles EEE
4 Transducers and Sensors ECE
5 Introduction to Computer Networks
CSE & Allied/IT
6 Internet of Things
7 Introduction to Quantum Computing
8 Financial Mathematics Mathematics
9 Sensors And Actuators For Engineering Applications Physics
10 Chemistry Of Nanomaterials and Applications Chemistry
11 Literary Vibes Humanities

IV [Link] II Semester (ME)

S. No. Course code Title Category L T P Credits
Internship - - - 4
1 23AME33 Project 8
Total 12
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
AI & ML FOR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
23AME26
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Knowledge of Artificial Intelligence, focusing on intelligent agents, problem-solving techniques, and
state-space search approaches.
 Understand and apply various problem-solving and search techniques, including uniform and heuristic
search strategies in artificial intelligence.
 Explore and apply local search techniques for solving Constraint Satisfaction Problems (CSPs) and
adversarial search strategies to make optimal decisions.
 Apply various statistical reasoning techniques for knowledge representation and reasoning in AI, as well
as logic programming and reasoning methods.
 Familiar in fundamental concepts of Machine Learning techniques, as well as classification, regression,
clustering problems, and an introduction to neural networks and deep learning.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Design intelligent agents, define problems using state-space models, and apply L1,L3,L6
CO-1
AI techniques.
Implement and compare different search algorithms (both uniform and heuristic), L3,L4,L5
CO-2
apply and analyze appropriate strategies for solving AI problems

Solve CSPs using local search methods and implement adversarial search algorithms L2,L5,L6
CO-3
to make optimal decisions in competitive game scenarios.

Utilize statistical and logical reasoning methods, to represent knowledge and L1,L2,L3
CO-4
perform forward and backward reasoning in AI applications.

L1,L2,L3
CO-5 Understanding and apply various machine learning techniques, along with an
introduction to neural networks and deep learning.

UNIT - I Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Problem-Solving Agent

Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Problem-Solving Agent: Problems of AI, AI technique, Tic –
Tac – Toe problem. Intelligent Agents, Agents & environment, nature of environment, structure of agents,
goal-based agents, utility-based agents, learning agents. Defining the problem as state space search,
production system, problem characteristics, and issues in the design of search programs.

UNIT - II Search Techniques

Search Techniques: Problem solving agents, searching for solutions; uniform search strategies: breadth first
search, depth first search, depth limited search, bidirectional search, comparing uniform search strategies.
Heuristic search strategies Greedy best -first search, A* search, AO* search, memory bounded heuristic
search: local search algorithms & optimization problems: Hill climbing search, simulated annealing search,
local beam search.
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

UNIT - III Constraint Satisfaction Problems and Game Theory

Constraint Satisfaction Problems and Game Theory: Local search for constraint satisfaction problems.
Adversarial search, Games, optimal decisions & strategies in games, the minimax search procedure, alpha-
beta pruning, additional refinements, iterative deepening.

UNIT - IV Knowledge & Reasoning

Knowledge & Reasoning: Statistical Reasoning: Probability and Bays ‘Theorem, Certainty Factors and
Rule-Base Systems, Bayesian Networks, Dempster-Shafer Theory, Fuzzy Logic. AI for knowledge
representation, rule-based knowledge representation, procedural and declarative knowledge, Logic
programming, Forward and backward reasoning.
Unit - V Introduction to Machine Learning
Introduction to Machine Learning: Exploring sub-discipline of AI: Machine Learning, Supervised learning,
Unsupervised learning, Reinforcement learning, Classification problems, Regression problems, Clustering
problems, Introduction to neural networks and deep learning.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Prentice Hall, Third
Edition, 2015.
2. Nils J. Nilsson, ―Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis‖, 1st Edition, Morgan-Kaufmann, 1998.
Reference Books:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, & Shivashankar B Nair, ―Artificial Intelligence‖, McGraw Hill, 3rd
ed.,2017.
2. Patterson, ―Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & Expert Systems‖, Pearson, 1st ed. 2015.
3. Saroj Kaushik, ―Logic & Prolog Programming‖, New Age International, Ist edition, 2002.
4. Joseph C. Giarratano,Gary D. Riley, ―Expert Systems: Principles and Programming‖, 4th Edition,
2007.

Online Learning Resources:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS L T P C
23AME27a (Professional Elective Course-IV) 3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Introduce fundamental concepts of vibration analysis, focusing on Single Degree Freedom.
 Develop understanding of forced vibration, resonance, and damping effects in Single Degree Freedom
systems, including vibration isolation.
 Explore the dynamics of Two Degree Freedom (2DOF) systems and their application in vibration
absorbers and coupled systems.
 Familiarize Multi Degree Freedom (MDOF) systems, methods for formulating equations of
motion, and vibration analysis techniques.
 Explain vibration measurement tools, transducers, and exciters used in experimental vibration
analysis
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Define, Understand and Solve problems related to un damped and damped free L1,L2.L3
CO-1
vibrations in Single Degree Freedom systems using classical and energy methods.
Analyze forced vibrations in Single Degree Freedom systems under various L3,L4,L5
CO-2
excitation forces, apply and evaluate the concepts of transmissibility and isolation.

Derive the equations of motion, calculate natural frequencies, modes of vibration, L2,L3,L5
CO-3
and understand their application in dynamic vibration absorbers.

Formulate equations of motion, and perform modal analysis of free and forced L4,L5,L6
CO-4
vibrations. Apply vibration measurement tools to select appropriate exciters for vibration
testing.
Explain and evaluate the damping characteristics in vibrating systems, including the L2,L5,L6
CO-5
effects of viscous damping, Coulomb damping, and damping in whirling of shafts.

UNIT - I Single Degree Freedom Systems

Single Degree Freedom Systems: Un-damped free vibration: Classical method, Energy method, equivalent
systems, torsional systems. Damped free vibration- Viscous damping, under damping, critical damping, over
damping. Coulomb damping, equivalent damping coefficient. Simple problems.
Whirling of shafts: Transverse vibrations: Dunkerley's lower bound approximation, Critical speed of shafts.
UNIT - II Forced vibrations of Single Degree Freedom Systems:
Forced vibrations of Single Degree Freedom Systems:
Steady state forced vibration, sources of excitation, impressed harmonic force, resonance impressed force due
to unbalance, motion excitation, transmissibility and isolation, performance of different type of isolators,
power absorbed by viscous damping.
UNIT - III Two Degree Freedom Systems
Two Degree Freedom Systems: Formulation of Equation of motion, Natural frequencies and modes of
vibration by classical method, coupled pendulum, forced vibration, dynamic vibration absorber.
UNIT - IV Multi Degree Freedom Systems
Multi Degree Freedom Systems: Lagrangian method for formulation of equation of motion Influence co-
efficient method, Lumped mass and distributed mass systems, Stodola method, Holzer's method, model
analysis of free and forced vibrations.
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Unit - V Vibration measurement and Applications

Transducers: variable resistance transducers, Piezoelectric transducers, electro dynamic transducers and linear
variable differential transformer transducer; Vibration pickups: vibrometer, accelerometer, velometer and
phase distortion; Frequency-measuring instruments; Vibration exciters- Mechanical exciters and electro
dynamic shaker.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, 6/e, Pearson Education, 2018.
2. [Link], Mechanical Vibrations, Nemchand& Bro, 8/e, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. L. Meirovich, Elements of Vibrations Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 1986.
2. S. Graham Kelly, Mechanical Vibrations, Tata McGraw Hill, 1996.
3. William Thomson, Theory of Vibrations with Applications, 5/e, Pearson, 2008.
4. William Weaver, Timeoshenko, and Young, Vibration Problems in Engineering, 5/e, John Wiley,
2013.
5. C. Nataraj, Vibration of Mechanical Systems, 1/e, Cenage Learning, 2012.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
FINITE ELEMENT METHODS L T P C
23AME27b (Professional Elective Course -IV) 3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Learn basic principles of finite element analysis procedure.
 Gain knowledge of the concepts of Nodes and elements.
 Know the theory and characteristics of finite elements that represent engineering structures.
 Apply finite element solutions to structural, thermal, and dynamic problems.
 Develop the knowledge and skills to evaluate finite element analyses and apply design analysis
Effectively.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Understand the concepts behind formulation methods in FEA. L2, L3,L6
CO-1
Explain the concepts of Nodes and elements used in the analysis of beams and solve L2, L4,L6
CO-2
the simple problems.
Understand the 2D stress analyses of the FEM method and solve the strain triangles. L2,L4,L6
CO-3
Apply Suitable boundary conditions to a global structural equation, and reduce it to a L1, L3,L5
CO-4
solvable form.
Identify how the finite element method expands beyond the structural domain, for L1, L3,L5
CO-5
problems involving dynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow.
UNIT - I Introduction to finite element methods
Introduction to finite element methods:
Introduction to finite element methods for solving field problems, applications, Stress and equilibrium,
Boundary conditions, Strain-Displacement relations, Stress- strain relations for 2D and 3D Elastic problems.
Potential energy and equilibrium, Rayleigh-Ritz method, Formulation of Finite Element Equations.
One dimensional Problems: Finite element modelling of ID bar elements coordinates and shape functions.
Requirements for Convergence and Interpolation functions, Pascal‘s Triangle, Assembly of global stiffness
matrix and load vector. Finite element equations, Treatment of boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions

UNIT - II 1D Analysis of Trusses and Beams

1D Analysis of Trusses and Beams Analysis of trusses: Stiffness Matrix for 1D truss element, Stress
Calculations and Problems with maximum of three elements.
Analysis of beams: Element Stiffness Matrix and Load vector for 1 D beam element, Hermite shape functions
and simple problems
UNIT - III 2D Analysis
2D Analysis: Finite element modeling of two dimensional stress analysis with constant strain triangles
and treatment of boundary conditions. Estimation of load Vector, Stresses.
Finite element modeling of Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading with triangular elements
UNIT - IV Quadrilateral Elements & Thermal Analysis
Quadrilateral Elements: Iso-parametric, Sub parametric and Super parametric elements, Modelling of 4
noded and 8 noded quadrilateral elements and simple problems. Numerical Integration.
Steady state heat transfer analysis: One dimensional analysis of composite slab and fin.

Unit - V Dynamic analysis

IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Dynamic analysis: Analysis of a 1D uniform shaft subjected to torsion – Simple problems

Dynamic analysis: Formulation of finite element model, element – mass matrices, evaluation of Eigen values
and Eigen vectors for a bar and shaft.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. T. Chandraputla, Ashok Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Element in Engineering, Pearson
Publication 2011.
2. [Link], The Finite Element Methods in Engineering, Elsevier Butterworth -Heinemann, 2/e, 2011.
3. J N Reddy, An introduction to the Finite Element Method, McGraw – Hill, New York, 1993.
Reference Books:
1. R D Cook, D S Malkus and M E Plesha, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis,
3/e, John Wiley, New York, 1989.
2. K J Bathe, Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice-Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, 1982.
3. [Link], Finite Element Analysis, 1/e, B.S. Publications, 2008.
4. O C Zienkiewicz and R L Taylor, the Finite Element Method, 3/e. McGraw-Hill, 1989.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING L T P C
23AME27c (Professional Elective Course -IV) 3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives:
 Present the fundamental concepts and laws of refrigeration systems including Carnot and air-based
cycles
 Explain the working principles, components, and performance parameters of vapour compression
refrigeration systems
 Knowledge of alternative refrigeration systems such as vapour absorption, steam jet, thermoelectric,
and
vortex refrigeration
 Understanding of Psychrometric processes and air conditioning load calculations
 Familiarize with air conditioning components and the concept of human thermal comfort and heat
pumps
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Define and explain the principles of refrigeration and analyze the performance of air L1,L2,L4
CO-1
refrigeration systems including aircraft applications.
Apply thermodynamic principles to analyze and solve problems related to vapour L3,L4,L5
CO-2
compression refrigeration cycles using P-h and T-S diagrams

Describe the operation of various refrigeration systems, calculate theoretical COP and L2, L3,L6
CO-3
create the effective refrigeration system .

Knowledge on psychometric chat and evaluate air conditioning processes using L1,L4,L5
CO-4
psychometric charts and analyze various cooling systems for different climates.

L2,L4,L6
CO-5 Identify and select appropriate air conditioning equipment based on comfort
requirements and system needs. Build an effective air conditioning system.

UNIT - I Introduction to Refrigeration

Necessity and Applications, Carnot Refrigerator, First and Second Law Applied to Refrigerating Machines,
Unit of Refrigeration, COP, EER, Different Refrigeration Methods.
Air Refrigeration: Bell-Coleman Cycle, Ideal and Actual Cycles, Open and Dense Air Systems - Numerical
Problems - Refrigeration Needs of Air Crafts.
UNIT - II Vapour Compression Refrigeration ( VCR ) System
Vapour Compression Refrigeration ( VCR ) System - Basic Cycle - Working Principle and Essential
Components of the Plant - COP - Representation of Cycle On T-S and P-h Charts - Expander Vs. Throttling,
Effect of Sub Cooling and Super Heating - Cycle Analysis - Actual Cycle- Influence of Various Parameters on
System Performance - Construction and Use of P-h Charts - Numerical Problems. Refrigerants - Desirable
Properties - Classification of Refrigerants Used - Nomenclature- Secondary Refrigerants- Lubricants - Ozone
Depletion - Global Warming- Newer Refrigerants.
UNIT - III Vapor Absorption Refrigeration ( VAR ) System & Steam Jet Refrigeration System
Vapor Absorption Refrigeration ( VAR ) System-Description and Working of NH3 - Water System and Li Br
-Water ( Two Shell & Four Shell) System -Calculation of Max COP, Principle of Operation of Three Fluid
Absorption System
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

STEAM JET REFRIGERATION SYSTEM: Working Principle and Basic Components-Estimation of

Motive Steam Required Principle and Operation of: (I) Thermo-Electric Refrigerator (ii) Vortex Tube or Hilsch
Tube.
UNIT - IV Introduction to Air Conditioning:
Psychrometric Properties & Processes - Characterization of Sensible and Latent Heat Loads - Need For
Ventilation, Consideration of Infiltrated Air - Heat Load Concepts. Air Cooler (Evaporative Cooling) ,Window,
Split, Summer , Winter, Year Round, Central Air Conditioning Systems.
Unit - V Air Conditioning Equipment
Air Conditioning Equipment - Humidifiers - Dehumidifiers - Air Filters, Fans and Blowers.
Human Comfort: Requirements of Temperature, Humidity And Concept of Effective Temperature, Comfort
Chart. Heat Pump - Heat Sources - Different Heat Pump Circuits. Energy efficient AC system Star Rating.
Learning Resources:
1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, C P Arora, TMH, 15/e, 2013.
2. S. C Arora & Domkundwar, A Course in Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Dhanpat rai & Co, 2018.
Reference Books:
1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning / Manohar Prasad / New Age, 2/e, 2013
2. Principles of Refrigeration - Dossat / Pearson Education, 4/e, 2007
3. Refrigeration and Air [Link], 2/e, 2012.
4. Basic Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning - [Link] / TMH, 4/e, 2013.

NOTE: Tables/Codes: Thermal Engineering Data Book containing refrigerant and Psychrometric
property Tables and charts are permitted in Exam.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link] laboratory/refrigeration-
lecture-notes-1/3020577
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
b577- [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
MECHATRONICS AND MEMS L T P C
23AME27d (Professional Elective Course -IV)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To introduce the concept of Mechatronics and its significance in modern industrial applications.
 To explain the working principles, characteristics, and selection of various types of sensors
 To describe different actuator systems and their integration in automation circuits
 To develop understanding of microprocessors, microcontrollers, and PLCs including programming
and control logic
 To explore MEMS technologies, fabrication techniques, and their applications in miniaturized systems
COURSE OUTCOMES On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Define and explain the fundamentals of solar radiation and analyze data using appropriate
CO-1 instruments and models. L1,L2,L4

Compare different types of solar collectors and evaluate their thermal performance
CO-2 for various applications. L1,L2,L3
Describe and apply renewable energy technologies such as solar heating, wind turbines,
CO-3 and biomass digesters to evaluate the renewable energy. L2,L3,L5
Illustrate the principles and potential of ocean, geothermal, and mini-Hydel energy to
CO-4 apply and create sustainable energy models. L4,L5,L6
Analyze the principles and performance of direct energy conversion systems including
CO-5 fuel cells and MHD generators.. L3,L4,L5
UNIT - I INTRODCUTION
Definition of Mechatronics, Need for Mechatronics in Industry, Objectives of mechatronics, mechatronics
design process, Mechatronics key elements, mechatronics applications – Computer numerical control (CNC)
machines, Tool monitoring systems, Flexible manufacturing system (FMS), Industrial Robots, Automatic
packaging systems, Automatic inspection systems
UNIT - II SENSORS
Static and dynamic characteristics of sensors, Displacement, Position and Proximity sensors, Force and torque
sensors, Pressure sensors, Flow sensors, Temperature sensors, Acceleration sensors, Level sensors, Light
sensors, Smart material sensors, Micro and Nano sensors, Selection criteria for sensors
UNIT - III ACTUATORS
Mechanical, Electrical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation systems, Characteristics and their limitations,
Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic circuits, Piezoelectric actuators, Shape memory alloys, Selection criteria for
actuators.
MICROPROCESSORS, MICROCONTROLLERS AND PROGRAMMABLE
UNIT - IV
LOGIC CONTROLLERS
Architecture of Microprocessor, Microcontroller and Programmable Logic Controller, PLC Programming using
ladder diagrams, logics, latching, sequencing, timers relays and counters, data handling, Analog input/output,
selection of controllers
Unit - V MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS (MEMS)
History, Effect of scaling, Fabrication Techniques: Oxidation, Physical Vapor disposition, Chemical Vapor
Deposition, Lithography, Etching, Wafer bonding, LIGA, DRIE, Applications: Lab on chip.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

1. Bolton, Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering,

3/e, Pearson Education Press, 2005.
2. Devadas Shetty and Richard A Kolk, Mechatronic System Design, 2/e, Cengage learning, 2010.
3. N. Mahalik, MEMS, McGraw Hill Educations, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Clarence W. de Silva, Mechatronics an Integrated Approach, CRC Press, 2004.
2. James J Allen, Micro Electro Mechanical Systems Design, CRC Press Taylor & Francis group, 2005.
3. Ganesh S Hedge, Mechatronics, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2010.
4. Mohammed Gad, MEMS; Design and Fabrication, CRC Press, 2010
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
[Link], [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING L T P C
23AME27e (Professional Elective Course -IV). 3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Familiarize the sources of energy, power plant economics and environmental aspects
 Outline the working components of different power plant.
 Understand the working mechanism of diesel and gas turbine power plants.
 Impart types of nuclear power plants, and outline working principle and advantages and hazards.
 Explain renewable energy sources; characteristics, working principle, classify types, layouts, and plant
operations
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to

CO-1 Outline sources of energy, power plant economics, and environmental aspects L2
CO-2 Describe working components of a steam power plant. L2
CO-3 Illustrate the working mechanism of diesel and gas turbine power plants L2,
CO-4 Summarize types of renewable energy sources and their working principle L2
CO-5 Demonstrate the working principle of nuclear power plants L4
UNIT - I Introduction to the Sources of Energy
Introduction to the Sources Of Energy - Resources and Development of Power in India. Convectional and
non- conventional energy sources, Power Plant Economics and Environmental Considerations: Capital Cost,
Investment of Fixed Charges, Operating Costs, General Arrangement of Power Distribution, Load Curves,
Load Duration Curve. Definitions of Connected Load, Maximum Demand, Demand Factor, Average Load,
Load Factor, Diversity Factor - Tariff - Related Exercises. Effluents from Power Plants and Impact on
Environment - Pollutants and Pollution Standards - Methods of Pollution Control. Inspection And Safety
Regulations
UNIT - II Steam Power Plant
Introduction to Boilers - Modern High Pressure and Supercritical Boilers - Analysis of Power Plant Cycles -
Modern Trends in Cycle Improvement - Waste Heat Recovery, Fluidized Bed Boilers., Fuel and Handling
Equipments, Types of Coals, Coal Handling, Choice of Handling Equipment, Coal Storage, Ash Handling
Systems.
Steam Power Plant : Combustion Process : Properties of Coal - Overfeed and Under Feed Fuel Beds,
Travelling Grate Stokers, Spreader Stokers, Retort Stokers, Pulverized Fuel Burning System And Its
Components, Combustion Needs and Draught System, Cyclone Furnace, Design and Construction, Dust
Collectors, Cooling Towers And Heat Rejection. Analysis of Pollution from Thermal Power Plants - Pollution
Controls.CO2 Recorders
UNIT - III Diesel Power Plant
Diesel Power Plant, Construction, Plant lay out with auxiliaries, fuel storage.
GAS TURBINE PLANT: Introduction - Classification - Construction - Layout with Auxiliaries - Principles
of Working Closed and Open Cycle Gas Turbines. Advantages And Disadvantages Combined Cycle Power
Plants
UNIT - IV Hydro Electric Power Plant
Hydro Electric Power Plant: Water Power - Hydrological Cycle / Flow Measurement - Drainage Area
Characteristics - Hydrographs - Storage and Pondage - Classification of Dams and Spill Ways.
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Hydro Projects Plant: Types - Typical Layouts - Plant Auxiliaries - Plant Operation Pumped Storage Plants.

Unit - V Power from Non-Conventional Sources:

Power from Non-Conventional Sources: Utilization of Solar Collectors- Working Principle, Wind Energy -
Types of Turbines - HAWT & VAWT-Tidal Energy. MHD power Generation.
Nuclear Power Station: Nuclear Fuel - Nuclear Fission, Chain Reaction, Breeding and Fertile Materials -
Nuclear Reactor -Reactor Operation.
Types of Reactors: Pressurized Water Reactor, Boiling Water Reactor, Sodium-Graphite Reactor, Fast
breeder Reactor, Homogeneous Reactor, Gas Cooled Reactor, Radiation Hazards and Shielding - Radioactive
Waste Disposal
Learning Resources:
1. P.K. Nag, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, 3rd edition, TMH, 2013.
2. Wakil, ―Power plant technology‖, [Link] TMH Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Rajput, ―A Text Book of Power Plant Engineering:, 4th edition, Laxmi Publications, 2012.
2. Ramalingam, ―Power plant Engineering‖, Scietech Publishers, 2013
3. P.C. Sharma, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, S.K. Kataria Publications, 2012.
4. Arora and [Link], ―A course in Power Plant Engineering‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co (p) Ltd, 2014.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]://[Link]/courses/112107291
[Link]://[Link]/playlist?list=PLLy_2iUCG87BT8H9uMufjrcPF5e6Qd2bz&si=RQhZwEibgqXK2dRL
[Link]://[Link]/playlist?list=PLLy_2iUCG87BT8H9uMufjrcPF5e6Qd2bz&si=LjgzdabT7tIsCwJC
[Link]://[Link]/IdPTuwKEfmA?si=PyF04z9beiVGkXAS
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES L T P C
23AME28a (Professional Elective Course -V)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To introduce the principles of solar radiation and its measurement for energy applications.
 To explain the types and working principles of solar energy collectors and storage systems.
 To provide an understanding of various renewable energy sources including wind, biomass, and geo-
thermal energy.
 To explore ocean energy technologies and direct energy conversion systems like thermoelectric generators
and fuel cells.
 To assess the economic and environmental impacts of renewable energy systems and their integration into
energy infrastructure.
COURSE OUTCOMES On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Define and explain the fundamentals of solar radiation and analyze data using
CO-1 appropriate instruments and models. L1,L2,L4

Compare different types of solar collectors and evaluate their thermal performance
CO-2 for various applications. L1,L2,L3
Describe and apply renewable energy technologies such as solar heating, wind turbines,
CO-3 and biomass digesters to evaluate the renewable energy. L2,L3,L5
Illustrate the principles and potential of ocean, geothermal, and mini-Hydel energy to
CO-4 apply and create sustainable energy models. L4,L5,L6
Analyze the principles and performance of direct energy conversion systems including
CO-5 fuel cells and MHD generators.. L3,L4,L5
UNIT - I PRINCIPLES OF SOLAR RADIATION
Role and potential of new and renewable source, the solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power,
physics of the sun, the solar constant, extra-terrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation, solar radiation on titled
surface, instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, solar radiation data.
UNIT - II SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION
Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating collectors, orientation and thermal
analysis, advanced collectors.
UNIT - III SOLAR ENERGY STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS & WIND ENERGY
SOLAR ENERGY STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Different methods, Sensible, latent heat and
stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and
drying, photovoltaic energy conversion.
WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance characteristics,
Betz criteria
UNIT - IV BIO-MASS & GEOTHERMAL ENERGY
BIO-MASS: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of Bio-gas digesters, gas yield,
combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, I.C. Engine operation and economic aspects.
GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India.
Unit - V RADIATION & MASS TRANSFER
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

OCEAN ENERGY: OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and
wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their economics.
DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION: Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, limitations, and principles of DEC.
Thermo-electric generators, Seebeck, Peltier and Joule Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials,
applications,
MHD generators, principles, dissociation and ionization, hall effect, magnetic flux, MHD accelerator, MHD
Engine, power generation systems, electron gas dynamic conversion, economic aspects. Fuel cells, principles,
faraday‘s law‘s, thermodynamic aspects, selection of fuels and operating conditions.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources /G.D. Rai Khanna Publisher
2. Energy Resources Utilization and Technologies, Anjaneyulu Yerramilli, Francis Tuluri, BS
Publications, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Renewable Energy Sources/ Twidell & Weir 3rd edition Routledge publisher (2015)
2. Non Conventional Energy Resources, [Link], McGrawHIll, 2015
3. Solar Power Engineering/[Link] Frank Kreith & [Link].
4. Principles of Solar Energy/ Frank Krieth & John F Kreider.
5. Non-Conventional Energy/ Ashok V Desai/ Wiley Eastern
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
AUTOMATION & ROBOTICS L T P C
23AME28b (Professional Elective Course -V)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To introduce the fundamentals of industrial automation, its types, components, and strategies across
manufacturing systems.
 To explain the working of automated flow lines and the methods used in assembly line balancing and
flexible automation.
 To impart knowledge about industrial robots, their configurations, anatomy, and applications in
manufacturing processes.
 To develop an understanding of manipulator kinematics, homogeneous transformations, actuators, and
sensors used in robotics.
 To analyze manipulator dynamics and apply trajectory planning techniques for robotic motion and obstacle
avoidance.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
Explain the need, types, and elements of automation systems and analyze different
CO-1 levels of automation strategies in industry. L1,L2,L4

Demonstrate the operation of automated flow lines and apply methods for assembly
CO-2 line balancing and optimization L2,L3, L4
Identify robotic components and describe their configuration, degrees of freedom, and
CO-3 industrial applications in various processes. L1,L2,L3
Apply transformation techniques and D-H notation to solve problems in robot
CO-4 kinematics and evaluate actuator and sensor selection. L2,L3,L5
Analyze robot dynamics using Jacobians and Euler formulations and develop suitable
CO-5 trajectories for obstacle-free motion. L3,L5,L6
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATION
Introduction to Automation, Need, Types, Basic elements of an automated system, Manufacturing
Industries, Types of production, Functions in manufacturing, Organization and information
processing in manufacturing, Automation strategies and levels of automation, Hardware components
for automation and process control, mechanical feeders, hoppers, orienters, high speed automatic
insertion devices.
UNIT - II AUTOMATED FLOW LINES
Automated flow lines, Part transfer methods and mechanisms, types of Flow lines, flow line
with/without buffer storage, Quantitative analysis of flow lines. Assembly line balancing: Assembly
process and systems assembly line, line balancing methods, ways of improving line balance, flexible
assembly lines.
UNIT - III INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS
Introduction to Industrial Robotics, Classification of Robot Configurations, functional line diagram,
degrees of freedom. Components common types of arms, joints grippers, factors to be considered in
the design of grippers.
Robot actuators and Feedback components: Actuators, Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, Electric &
Stepper motors, comparison. Position sensors - potentiometers, resolvers, encoders - velocity sensors,
Tactile sensors, Proximity sensors.
UNIT - IV MANIPULATOR KINEMATICS
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Manipulator Kinematics: Homogenous transformations as applicable to rotation and transition - D-

H notation, Forward inverse kinematics.
Manipulator Dynamics: Differential transformations, Jacobians, Lagrange - Euler and Newton –
Euler formations. Trajectory Planning: Trajectory Planning and avoidance of obstacles path planning,
skew motion, joint integrated motion - straight line motion.
Unit - V ROBOT PROGRAMMING:
Robot Programming, Methods of programming - requirements and features of programming
languages, software packages. Problems with programming languages.
Robot Application in Manufacturing: Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading -
Process- spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Automation , Production systems and CIM,M.P. Groover /4thEdition, Pearson education (2016)
2. Industrial Robotics - M.P. Groover, TMH (1996)
Reference Books:
1. Robotics , Fu K S, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2010.
2. An Introduction to Robot Technology, P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze, Kogam Page Ltd. 1983
London.
3. Robotic Engineering , Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
4. Robotics, Fundamental Concepts and analysis – Ashitave Ghosal ,Oxford Press, 1/e, 2006
5. Robotics and Control , Mittal R K &Nagrath I J , TMH.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link] [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link] references:-
[Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT) L T P C
23AME28c (Professional Elective Course -V)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To introduce the principles, types, and safety aspects of various non-destructive testing (NDT)
techniques including radiographic and ultrasonic methods.
 To explain the theory, equipment, and evaluation procedures for ultrasonic, liquid penetrant, eddy
current, and magnetic particle tests.
 To familiarize students with advanced thermal and infrared inspection techniques and their
applications.
 To examine the use of specialized materials, sensors, and methods in thermal and IR-based NDT
techniques.
 To explore the wide-ranging industrial applications of NDT in fields such as aerospace, automotive,
railways, and pressure vessel inspection.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Demonstrate the working principles, equipment, and safety considerations in
CO-1 radiographic and ultrasonic NDT methods and apply and analyze the different methods. L2,L3,L4

Apply appropriate NDT techniques such as liquid penetrant, eddy current, and
CO-2 magnetic particle testing to analyze defect detection to solve the problems. L3, L4, L5
Analyze the effectiveness and limitations of various NDT methods in real-world testing
CO-3 scenarios and create the solutions. L1,L4,L6
Evaluate and create thermal and infrared NDT methods for different materials and
CO-4 structural applications, especially in aerospace and electronics. L2,L5,L6
Analyze robot dynamics using Jacobians and Euler formulations and develop suitable
CO-5 trajectories for obstacle-free motion. L2,L3,L5
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
Radiographic test, Sources of X and Gamma Rays and their interaction with Matter, Radiographic equipment,
Radiographic Techniques, Safety Aspects of Industrial Radiography.
UNIT - II ULTRASONIC TEST
Principle of Wave Propagation, Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, Mode Conversion and Attenuation, Sound
Field, Piezo-electric Effect , Ultrasonic Transducers and their Characteristics, Ultrasonic Equipment and
Variables Affecting Ultrasonic Test, Ultrasonic Testing, Interpretations and Guidelines for Acceptance,
Rejection - Effectiveness and Limitations of Ultrasonic Testing.
UNIT - III LIQUID PENETRANT, EDDY CURRENT & MAGNETIC PARTICLE TEST
Liquid Penetrant Test: Liquid Penetrant Test, Basic Concepts, Liquid Penetrant System, Test Procedure,
Effectiveness and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant Testing.
Eddy Current Test: Principle of Eddy Current, Eddy Current Test System, Applications of Eddy Current-
Testing Effectiveness of Eddy Current Testing.
Magnetic Particle Test: Magnetic Materials, Magnetization of Materials, Demagnetization of Materials,
Principle of Magnetic Particle Test, Magnetic Particle Test Equipment, Magnetic Particle Test Procedure,
Standardization and Calibration, Interpretation and Evaluation, Effective Applications and Limitations of the
Magnetic Particle Test.
UNIT - IV INFRARED & THERMAL TESTING
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Infrared And Thermal Testing: Introduction and fundamentals to infrared and thermal testing–Heat transfer –
Active and passive techniques –Lock in and pulse thermography– Contact and non contact thermal inspection
methods–Heat sensitive paints –Heat sensitive papers –-thermally quenched phosphors liquid crystals –
techniques for applying liquid crystals –other temperature sensitive coatings –Inspection methods –Infrared
radiation and infrared detectors–thermo mechanical behavior of materials–IR imaging in aerospace
applications, electronic components, Honey comb and sandwich structures–Case studies.
Unit - V INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF NDE
Industrial Applications of NDE: Span of NDE Activities Railways, Nuclear, Non-nuclear and
Chemical Industries, Aircraft and Aerospace Industries, Automotive Industries, Offshore Gas and
Petroleum Projects, Coal Mining Industry, NDE of pressure vessels, castings, welded constructions.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. J Prasad, GCK Nair ,Non destructive test and evaluation of Materials, Tata mcgraw- Hill
Education Publishers, 2008.
2. Josef Krautkrämer, Herbert Krautkrämer, Ultrasonic testing of materials, 3/e,
Springer-Verlag, 1983.
3. X.P.V. Maldague, Non destructive evaluation of materials by infrared
thermography, 1/e, Springer-Verlag, 1993.
Reference Books:
1. Gary L. Workman, Patrick O. Moore, Doron Kishoni, Non-destructive, Hand Book,
Ultrasonic Testing, 3/e, Amer Society for Nondestructive, 2007.
2. ASTM Standards, Vol 3.01, Metals and alloys.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link] testing-
9872
3. [Link]
[Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGMENT L T P C
23AME28d (Professional Elective Course -V)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To introduce the fundamental concepts, definitions, and dimensions of quality and Total Quality
Management (TQM).
 To explore the evolution of quality management through historical perspectives and contributions of
quality gurus.
 To explain the core principles of TQM including customer satisfaction, employee involvement, and
continuous improvement.
 To analyze the various TQM tools such as Benchmarking, QFD, FMEA, Six Sigma, and their role in
quality enhancement.
 To provide an understanding of quality systems like ISO 9000, ISO 14000, QS 9000, and the
processes for their implementation.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Define and explain the basic concepts of quality, quality costs, and the scope of Total
CO-1 Quality Management. L1,L2,L3
Summarize the philosophies and contributions of TQM pioneers and evaluate barriers
CO-2 and enablers for TQM implementation. L1, L2, L5
Apply TQM principles such as employee empowerment, customer satisfaction, and
CO-3 supplier partnerships to real-world business scenarios. L5,L5,L6
Analyze the application of tools like QFD, FMEA, Six Sigma, and Benchmarking in
CO-4 improving product and process quality. L3,L4,L6
Evaluate and formulate quality systems like ISO 9000 and ISO 14000, and design
CO-5 documentation and auditing processes. L2,L3,L5
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION
Introduction: Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Definition of Total quality management, Quality
Planning, Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality
Management.
UNIT - II HISTORICAL REVIEW
Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy, Barriers of TQM
Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics of successful quality leader, Contributions of Gurus of
TQM, Case studies.
UNIT - III TQM PRINCIPLES
TQM Principles: Customer Satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service
Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous
Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering, sourcing,
Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Relationship Development, Performance Measures – Basic Concepts,
Strategy, Performance Measure Case studies.
UNIT - IV TQM TOOLS

TQM Tools: Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment
(QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA, The seven tools of quality,
Process capability, Concept of Six Sigma, New Seven management tools, Case studies.

Unit - V QUALITY SYSTEMS

IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality System – Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 – Concept,
Requirements and Benefits, Case Studies.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Dale H Besterfield, Total Quality Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
2. Subburaj Ramaswamy, Total Quality Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
2005.
3. Joel [Link] , Total Quality Management, Third Eition, CRC Press, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Narayana V and Sreenivasan N.S, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
2. Robert [Link], Beyond TQM, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1993.
3. Richard S. Leavenworth & Eugene Lodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control, Seventh Edition,
Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2015
3. Samuel Ho , TQM – An Integrated Approach, Kogan Page Ltd, USA, 1995.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
7. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
SMART MANUFACTURING L T P C
23AME28e (Professional Elective Course -V)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (ME)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Understand the fundamental concepts of Smart Manufacturing, Industry 4.0 and IoT in Manufacturing
 Understand the fundamental concepts of Data Analytics and Artificial Intelligence in Manufacturing
 Know about Smart Sensors, RFID, and Block chain in Manufacturing
 Explain the techniques of Digital Twin & Simulation in Manufacturing
 Familiarize Sustainable and Green Manufacturing
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to

CO-1 Define and explain the evolution of Smart Manufacturing, Industry 4.0 and IoT L1,L2,L6
in Manufacturing
CO -2 Concepts of Data Analytics and Artificial Intelligence in Manufacturing L2,L4
CO -3 Apply knowledge of Smart Sensors, RFID, and Block chain in Manufacturing L3,L5,L6
CO -4 Summaries the techniques of Digital Twin & Simulation in Manufacturing L2,L3,L5,
CO -5 Importance of Sustainable and Green Manufacturing. L1,L3,L6
UNIT - I
Introduction to Smart Manufacturing
Definition, Evolution, and Importance of Smart Manufacturing, Industry 4.0 and Its Impact on
Manufacturing, Traditional vs. Smart Manufacturing, Key Technologies in Smart Manufacturing
Cyber-Physical Systems & Industrial IoT (IIoT)
Basics of Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS), Internet of Things (IoT) in Manufacturing, Smart
Sensors and Actuators Communication Protocols (MQTT, OPC-UA, Modbus),
UNIT - II
Data Analytics and Artificial Intelligence in Manufacturing
Role of Big Data in Manufacturing, Machine Learning & Deep Learning for Smart Manufacturing,
Predictive Maintenance and Anomaly Detection, Digital Twin Technology
Automation & Robotics in Smart Manufacturing
Industrial Automation: PLCs, SCADA, and DCS, Autonomous Robots and Cobots (Collaborative
Robots), Additive Manufacturing (3D Printing), Case Studies of Smart Factories.
UNIT - III
Cloud Computing and Edge Computing in Manufacturing
Introduction to Cloud Computing for Manufacturing, Edge and Fog Computing in Real-time
Manufacturing Systems, Cloud-based Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)
Smart Sensors, RFID, and Block chain in Manufacturing
Role of Smart Sensors and RFID in Inventory Management, Blockchain for Secure Supply Chains
Smart Contracts and Decentralized Manufacturing Systems
UNIT - IV
Digital Twin & Simulation in Manufacturing
Digital Twin Technology and Virtual Prototyping, Simulation Software for Smart Manufacturing,
Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR) in Industry 4.0
Cybersecurity in Smart Manufacturing
Threats and Risks in Smart Manufacturing, Cybersecurity Frameworks for Industrial Systems, Best
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Practices for Securing IoT and IIoT Devices

Unit - V QUALITY SYSTEMS
Sustainable and Green Manufacturing
Energy Efficiency in Smart Manufacturing, Sustainable Supply Chain Management, Role of AI in
Green Manufacturing
Case Studies and Future Trends
Case Studies of Leading Smart Manufacturing Companies, Emerging Technologies in Smart
Manufacturing, Future of Industry 4.0 and Beyond
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Green Manufacturing Processes and Systems - J. Paulo Davim/Springer 2013
2. Smart manufacturing by Kamalakar Mutalik The Righte order (2023)
Reference Books:
1. Introduction To Smart Manufacturing And Automation Dr. Rajkumar. E Namya Press (29
March 2024); 213, Vardan Hosue 7/28 Ansari Road Daryganj Delhi 110002.
2. Smart Manufacturing by Michael Deng (Author), Colin Koh Kindle Edition (2023)
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
D(2023)
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
3D PRINTING TECHNOLOGIES L T P C
23AME29 (Open Elective Course -III)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (Common to CE, EEE, ECE, CSE & FT)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Understand the fundamental concepts of prototyping and distinguish between traditional and rapid
prototyping methods.
 Demonstrate the working principles, materials, and applications of solid-, liquid-, and powder-based RP
systems.
 Define the processes and classifications of rapid tooling and reverse engineering techniques.
 Identify common errors in 3D printing and evaluate pre-processing, processing, and post-processing
issues.
 Familiarize RP-related software and its role in applications such as design, manufacturing, and medical
fields.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
CO-1 Define and explain the evolution and need for rapid prototyping in modern product L1,L2,L6
development.
CO -2 Compare and contrast various 3D printing technologies based on working principles, L2,L4
materials, and limitations.
CO -3 Apply knowledge of rapid tooling and reverse engineering techniques for industrial L3,L5,L6
and design applications.
CO -4 Diagnose and interpret different types of errors encountered in 3D printing processes L2,L3,L5,
and recommend solutions.
CO -5 Use RP-specific software tools to manipulate STL files and prepare models for L1,L3,L6
printing in real-world scenarios.
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO 3D PRINTING
Introduction to Prototyping, Traditional Prototyping Vs. Rapid Prototyping (RP), Need for time compression
in product development, Usage of RP parts, Generic RP process, Distinction between RP and CNC, other
related technologies, Classification of RP.
UNIT - II SOLID AND LIQUID BASED RP SYSTEMS
Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Fusion Deposition Modelling
(FDM), Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Stereo lithography (SLA), Direct Light Projection System
(DLP) and Solid Ground Curing (SGC).
UNIT - III POWDER BASED & OTHER RP SYSTEMS
Powder Based RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of
Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS), Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS)
and Electron Beam Melting (EBM).
Other RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Three
Dimensional Printing (3DP), Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM) and Shape Deposition Manufacturing
(SDM).
UNIT - IV RAPID TOOLING & REVERSE ENGINEERING
Rapid Tooling: Conventional Tooling Vs. Rapid Tooling, Classification of Rapid Tooling, Direct and Indirect
Tooling Methods, Soft and Hard Tooling methods.
Reverse Engineering (RE): Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phases of RE Scanning, Contact
Scanners and Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application Geometric Model, Development
Unit - V ERRORS IN 3D PRINTING AND APPLICATIONS
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Pre-processing, processing and post-processing errors, Part building errors in SLA, SLS, etc. Software: Need
for software, MIMICS, Magics, SurgiGuide, 3-matic, 3D-Doctor, Simplant, Velocity2, VoXim, Solid View,
3DView, etc., software, Preparation of CAD models, Problems with STL files, STL file manipulation, RP data
formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF, IGES, HP/GL, CT, STEP. Applications: Design, Engineering Analysis and
planning applications, Rapid Tooling, Reverse Engineering, Medical Applications of RP.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Chee Kai Chua and Kah Fai Leong, ―3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications‖ 5/e, World Scientific Publications, 2017.
2. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, ―Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing, Rapid
Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing‖, Springer, 2/e, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Frank [Link], ―Rapid Prototyping & Engineering Applications‖, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group, 2011.
2. Rafiq Noorani, ―Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing‖, John
Wiley&Sons, 2006.
Online Learning Resources:
1. NPTEL Course on Rapid Manufacturing.
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
7. %[Link]
8. [Link]
9. [Link]
10. [Link]
11. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGMENT L T P C
23AME30 (Open Elective Course -IV)
3 0 0 3
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester (Common to CE, EEE, ECE, CSE & FT)
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 To introduce the fundamental concepts, definitions, and dimensions of quality and Total Quality
Management (TQM).
 To explore the evolution of quality management through historical perspectives and contributions of
quality gurus.
 To explain the core principles of TQM including customer satisfaction, employee involvement, and
continuous improvement.
 To analyze the various TQM tools such as Benchmarking, QFD, FMEA, Six Sigma, and their role in
quality enhancement.
 To provide an understanding of quality systems like ISO 9000, ISO 14000, QS 9000, and the
processes for their implementation.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Define and explain the basic concepts of quality, quality costs, and the scope of Total
CO-1 Quality Management. L1,L2,L3
Summarize the philosophies and contributions of TQM pioneers and evaluate barriers
CO-2 and enablers for TQM implementation. L1, L2, L5
Apply TQM principles such as employee empowerment, customer satisfaction, and
CO-3 supplier partnerships to real-world business scenarios. L5,L5,L6
Analyze the application of tools like QFD, FMEA, Six Sigma, and Benchmarking in
CO-4 improving product and process quality. L3,L4,L6
Evaluate and formulate quality systems like ISO 9000 and ISO 14000, and design
CO-5 documentation and auditing processes. L2,L3,L5
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION
Introduction: Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Definition of Total quality management, Quality
Planning, Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality
Management.
UNIT - II HISTORICAL REVIEW
Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy, Barriers of TQM
Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics of successful quality leader, Contributions of Gurus of
TQM, Case studies.
UNIT - III TQM PRINCIPLES
TQM Principles: Customer Satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service
Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous
Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering, sourcing,
Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Relationship Development, Performance Measures – Basic Concepts,
Strategy, Performance Measure Case studies.
UNIT - IV TQM TOOLS

TQM Tools: Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment
(QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA, The seven tools of quality,
Process capability, Concept of Six Sigma, New Seven management tools, Case studies.

Unit - V QUALITY SYSTEMS

IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality System – Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 – Concept,
Requirements and Benefits, Case Studies.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
4. Dale H Besterfield, Total Quality Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
5. Subburaj Ramaswamy, Total Quality Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2005.
4. Joel [Link] , Total Quality Management, Third Eition, CRC Press, 2017.
Reference Books:
4. Narayana V and Sreenivasan N.S, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
5. Robert [Link], Beyond TQM, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1993.
6. Richard S. Leavenworth & Eugene Lodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control, Seventh
Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2015
4. Samuel Ho , TQM – An Integrated Approach, Kogan Page Ltd, USA, 1995.
Online Learning Resources:
8. [Link]
9. [Link]
10. [Link]
11. [Link]
12. [Link]
13. [Link]
14. [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
INTRODUCTION TO DRONE TECHNOLOGY L T P C
23AME31 (Skill Enhancement Course)
2 0 0 0
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester ( ME)
COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course are to
 To learn and understand the fundaments of design, fabrication and programming of drone
 To teach technical characteristics of the Drone parts and its functions
 To impart the knowledge of an flying and operation of drone
 To know about the various applications of drone
 To understand the safety risks and guidelines of fly safely
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
CO1: Know about a various type of drone technology, drone fabrication and programming.
CO2: Execute the suitable operating procedures for functioning a drone
CO3: Select appropriate sensors and actuators for Drones
CO4: Develop a drone mechanism for specific applications
CO5: Create the programs for various drones
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO DRONE TECHNOLOGY
Drone Concept - Vocabulary Terminology- History of drone - Types of current generation of drones based on
their method of propulsion- Drone technology impact on the businesses- Drone business through
entrepreneurship- Opportunities/applications for entrepreneurship and employability
UNIT - II DRONE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND PROGRAMMIN
Classifications of the UAV -Overview of the main drone parts- Technical characteristics of the parts -
Function of the component parts -Assembling a drone- The energy sources- Level of autonomy- Drones
configurations -The methods of programming drone- Download program -Install program on computer-
Running Programs- Multi rotor stabilization- Flight modes -Wi-Fi connection

UNIT - III DRONE FLYING AND OPERATION

Concept of operation for drone -Flight modes- Operate a small drone in a controlled environment- Drone
controls Flight operations –management tool –Sensors-Onboard storage capacity -Removable storage devices-
Linked mobile devices and applications
UNIT - IV DRONE COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS

Choosing a drone based on the application -Drones in the insurance sector- Drones in delivering mail, parcels
and other cargo- Drones in agriculture- Drones in inspection of transmission lines and power distribution -
Drones in filming and panoramic picturing

Unit - V FUTURE DRONES AND SAFETY

The safety risks- Guidelines to fly safely -Specific aviation regulation and standardization- Drone license-
Miniaturization of drones- Increasing autonomy of drones -The use of drones in swarms
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Daniel Tal and John Altschuld, ―Drone Technology in Architecture, Engineering and Construction: A
Strategic Guide to Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Operation and Implementation‖, 2021 John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.
2. Terry Kilby and Belinda Kilby, ―Make:Getting Started with Drones ―,Maker Media, Inc,
Reference Books:
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

1. John Baichtal, ―Building Your Own Drones: A Beginners' Guide to Drones, UAVs, and ROVs‖, Que
Publishing, 2016
2. Zavrsnik, ―Drones and Unmanned Aerial Systems: Legal and Social Implications for Security and
Surveillance‖, Springer, 2018.
Online Learning Resources:
 [Link]
 [Link]
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
GENDER SENSITIZATION L T P C
(AUDIT COURSE)
0 1 2 2
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester ( ME)
COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course are to
 To enable students to understand the gender related issues, vulnerability of women and men
 To familiarize them about constitutional safeguard for gender equality
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence
 To make them understand that gender identities and gender relations are part of culture as they shape the way
daily life is lived in the family as well as wider community and the workplace.
Course Outcomes (CO): On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
CO-1 Understand the basic concepts of gender and its related terminology L1, L2
CO-2 Identify the biological, sociological, psychological and legal aspects of gender. L1, L2
CO-3 Use the knowledge in understanding how gender discrimination works in our
L3
society and how to counter it.
CO-4 Analyze the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and L4
economics.
CO-5 Appraise how gender-role beliefs and sharing behaviour are associated with
L5
more well-being in all culture and gender groups
CO-6 Develop students‘ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary
L3
India
UNIT - I UNDERSTANDING GENDER
Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes
towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men - Preparing for
Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.
UNIT - II GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS
Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio- Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum -
UNIT - III GENDER AND LABOUR
Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- ―My Mother doesn‘t Work.‖
―Share the Load.‖-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction- Unrecognized and Unaccounted
work -Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development- Gender and
Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming
UNIT - IV GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE
The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment - Domestic Violence - Different forms of violence against
women - Causes of violence, impact of violence against women - Consequences of gender-based
violence
Unit - V GENDER AND CULTURE
Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language- Just Relationships
Learning Resources:
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. [Link], Uma Bhrugubanda, et al. Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on
Gender‖, Telugu Akademi, Telangana, 2015.
2. Butler, Judith. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. UK Paperback Edn.
March 1990
Reference Books:
1. Wtatt, Robin and Massood, Nazia, Broken Mirrors: The dowry Problems in India,London : Sage
Publications, 2011
2. Datt, R. and Kornberg, J.(eds), Women in Developing Countries, Assessing Strategies for
Empowerment, London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, 2002
3. Brush, Lisa D., Gender and Governance, New Delhi, Rawat Publication, 2007
4. Singh, Direeti, Women and Politics World Wide, New Delhi, Axis Publications, 2010
5. Raj Pal Singh, Anupama Sihag, Gender Sensitization: Issues and Challenges (English, Hardcover),
Raj Publications, 2019
6. [Link]& Murali, Nandini, A Life in Trans Activism(Lakshmi Narayan Tripathi). The
University of Chicago Press, 2016
Online Learning Resources:
1. Understanding Gender chrome-extension:
 //kdpelmjpfafjppnhbloffcjpeomlnpah/[Link]
[Link]
 [Link]
2. Gender Roles and Relations
 [Link]
identity/what-are-gender- roles-and-stereotypes
 [Link]
relationships- 7499408
 [Link]
3. Gender and Labour
 [Link]
and-how-can- it-be-redressed
 [Link]
4. GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE
 [Link]
violence?language_content_entity=en
 [Link]
 [Link]
5. GENDER AND CULTURE
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
Abdulali Sohaila. ―I Fought For My Life…and Won.‖
Available online (at: [Link]
sohaila-abdulal/
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
EVALUATION OF INDUSTRY L T P C
23AME32 INTERNSHIP
0 0 0 2
Semester IV B. Tech I Semester ( ME)
EVALUATION OF INDUSTSRY INTERSHIP REPORTS BY DEPARTMENT FACULTY/GUIDE

Summer Internships:
Two summer internships either onsite or virtual each with a minimum of 08 weeks duration,
done at the end of second and third years, respectively are mandatory. It shall be completed in
collaboration with local industries, Govt. Organizations, construction agencies, Power projects, software
MNCs or any industries in the areas of concerned specialization of the Undergraduate program. One of
the two summer internships at the end of second year (Community Service Project) shall be society
oriented and shall be completed in collaboration with government organizations/NGOs & others.

The other internship at the end of third year is Industry Internship and shall be completed in
collaboration with Industries. The student shall register for the internship as per course structure after
commencement of academic year. The guidelines issued by the APSCHE / University shall be followed
for carrying out and evaluation of Community Service Project and Industry Internship. Evaluation of the
summer internships shall be through the departmental committee. A student will be required to submit a
summer internship report to the concerned department and appear for an oral presentation before the
departmental committee comprising of Head of the Department, supervisor of the internship and a
senior faculty member of the department.

A certificate of successful completion from industry shall be included in the report. The report
and the oral presentation shall carry 50% weight age each. It shall be evaluated for 50 external marks.
There shall be no internal marks for Summer Internship. A student shall secure minimum 40% of marks
for successful completion. In case, if a student fails, he/she shall reappear as and when semester
supplementary examinations are conducted by the institution.

There shall only be internal evaluation.

 The assessment is to be conducted for 100 marks.
 The weightings shall be:
 Activity Log -25 marks
 Internship Evaluation- 50marks
 Oral Presentation -25 marks
 Later the marks shall be converted into grades and grade points to include finally in the SGPA
and CGPA, by the Affiliating University.
IV B. Tech. – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING JNTUACEK (A) R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING KALIKIRI (AUTONOMOUS)
KALIKIRI-517234, ANNAMAYYA (Dt.)., A.P., INDIA.

B. TECH-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R23)

Course Code
L T P C
INTERNSHIP & PROJECT WORK
23AME33
0 0 0 12
Semester IV B. Tech II Semester ( ME)
Internship - 4 Credits
Project - 8 Credits

Full Semester Internship and Project work

In the final semester, the student should mandatorily register and undergo internship
(onsite/virtual) and in parallel he/she should work on a project with well-defined objectives. At the end
of the semester the candidate shall submit an internship completion certificate and a project report.

A student shall also be permitted to submit project report on the work carried out during the
internship. The project report shall be evaluated with an external examiner.

 The total marks for project work 200 marks.

 The distribution shall be 60 marks for internal and 140 marks for external evaluation.
 The supervisor assesses the student for 30 marks (Report: 15 marks, Seminar: 15 marks).

At the end of the semester, all projects shall be showcased at the department for the benefit of all
students and staff and the same is to be evaluated by the departmental Project Review Committee
consisting of supervisor, a senior faculty and HOD for 30 marks.

The external evaluation of Project Work is a Viva-Voce Examination conducted in the presence
of internal examiner and external examiner appointed by the institution and is evaluated for 140 marks.
The college shall facilitate and monitor the student internship programs.

Completion of internships is mandatory, if any student fails to complete internship, he/she

will not be eligible for the award of degree. In such cases, the student shall repeat and complete the
internship.